Home

2006 Xterra Owner`s Manual

1. C tT 1 TS cr i i i A I l o gt Tl I al il ii CII I WHA0223 Adjust air flow direction for the driver side center 2 and passenger side ventilators by moving the ventilator slide and or ventilator as semblies 4 2 Heater air conditioner and audio systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Positioning of the heater and or air conditioner controls should not be done while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation LHA0489 Fan control dial Temperature control dial Air flow control dial Air conditioner button Rear window defrost button Air recirculation button CONTROLS Fan control dial OouPON The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and
2. LCE0103 VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle A WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged A CAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle or the towing hooks if so equipped Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged e Use the towing hook if so equipped only to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle for a long distance using only the tow ing hook e The towing hook is under tremendous force when used to free a stuck vehicle Never pull the hook at an angle e Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the sus pension steering brake or cooling systems e Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System if so equipped 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back
3. LDI0457 Two types of fuses are used Type A is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type B is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 WDI0199 ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment WDI0452 5 If the fuse
4. 00 00 eee 2 4 Trip computer if so equipped eee 2 5 TACHOMECICR epei riota e sian dein etapa 2 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Fuel Gauge sid ccc perennans ei a wel 2 7 Engine oil pressure gauge cece eee 2 8 Voltmetre davies erien merter iniaenoi 2 8 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 9 Checking DUDS e rrgns aene men ae ENN 2 10 Warming lights esra besogc tog tarrari e 2 10 Indicator lights a eficinsice wierate dette bated eE 2 14 Audible reminders 0000c eee e eens 2 18 Security systems if so equipped 000 2 18 Vehicle security system if so equipped 2 18 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system if SO EQUIPPE 5 whe eas nase means panded 2 20 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 21 SWich Operation sseui ces verde eevee waded 2 21 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 22 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster SWITCH irere ereeng toed weet dia harden E EEES 2 22 Headlight and turn signal switch 008 2 23 Headlight control switch cee eee 2 23 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 24 Instrument brightness control 0 005 2 24 Tun Signal SWOR esee ennet ne e danke 2 25 Fog light switch if so equipped 4 2 25 Hazard warning flasher switch 00008 2 25 OM cist amie arenes ER EE ENEA ERE eae 2 26
5. 2 13 Passenger air bag and status light 1 48 Security indicator light 2 16 Warning indicator lights and audible FOMIMGGIS tar e ed dos aye Saad Ay ewe EE 2 9 Lights Map lights e cc 4 4 etapa ge wane 3 2 45 Lock Child safety rear doorlock 3 5 Door l cks serae e ee ee ee a 3 3 Power doof locks 005 3 4 Low fuel warning light 00 2 12 Low tire pressure warning light 2 Low washer fluid warning light 2 Luggage Hooks era eaea Ga eee 2 Luggage rack see roof rack 2 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 Luggage storage see vehicle loading information 2 Maintenance General maintenance Inside the vehicle Maintenance precautions Outside the vehicle Seat belt maintenance 1 Under the hood and vehicle Malfunction indicator light 2 Manual front seat adjustment Manual windows 04 2 Map lights 2 62 tae ht dota bee eed 2 Map pockets isi toe bacee tees ead 2 Meters and gauges 0004 Instrument brightness control 2 Mirror Inside mirror 2 ee ee ee 3 Outside mirrors ora ee 3 Vanity Mirrors 2 css gai eas ark teal 3 Multi remote control system See remote keyless entry system 10 4 N NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 20 3 2 5 9 o Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 4 Odometer as os ate eet
6. If you interrupt the reset procedure by turn ing the ignition off you will need to restart the reset procedure If after driving the vehicle for more than 10 min utes and the SLIP and Grr lights remain illumi nated in the instrument panel have the vehicle dynamic control system checked by a NISSAN dealer If the vehicle is operated with the vehicle dynamic control system off using the VDC OFF switch most VDC functions will be turned off The VDC system will still try to transfer power from a slip ping drive wheel to one with more traction when the VDC system switch is OFF The Slip indicator will flash if wheel spin is detected The ABS will still operate with the VDC system off When the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working prop erly The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING The vehicle dynamic control system is designed to help improve driving stabil ity but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques
7. 1 4 Then secure the connector tongue into the A WARNING me retractor base in the ceiling e Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown L A WARNING e Always make sure both the connector 0 e Do not unfasten the rear center seat tongue and the seat belt tongue are z belt connector except when folding secured when using the seat belt Do down the rear seat not use it with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the a suddenistop aa E latched position and the rear center ae seat belt connector is completely secured LRSO601 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system PE LRS0602 Attaching the center seat belt Always be sure the center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached Dis connect only when folding down the rear seat To connect the buckle Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retrac tor base Pull out the connector tongue from the molded retractor base Pull the seat belt and
8. AIRBAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 2nd row seat belts P 1 10 2 Supplemental curtain side impact and rollover air bags if so equipped P 1 39 3 Front seat belts P 1 10 4 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 39 5 Seats P 1 2 6 Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor P 1 39 7 Seat belt pretensioners P 1 52 8 Supplemental side air bag modules if so equipped P 1 51 9 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren P 1 29 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details WII0055 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT ANE a WII0058 Engine hood P 3 8 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 21 Windshield P 8 19 Power windows P 2 42 Door locks keyfob keys P 3 3 3 5 3 2 Mirrors P 3 12 Tire pressure P 8 31 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 5 33 Replacing bulbs P 8 27 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 23 Fog light switch P 2 25 Tow hooks P 6 11 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR lt The Ey LI Car Y di WII0057 0 4 Illustrated table of contents Roof rack P 2 39 Vehicle loading P 9 12 Rear window defrost P 2 22 Rear window washer P 2 22 Lift gate P
9. SSV if so equipped To adjust Bass Mid Midrange Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO knob until the desired mode appears in the display Turn the Tuning knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the Tuning knob to adjust Fader and Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH turn the Tuning knob to the right or left Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Clock set 1 Press the CLOCK button until it beeps gt 1 5 seconds 2 The hours will start flashing Press CAT FOLDER 4 or gt orSEEK TRACK M4 or PPI to adjust the hours 3 Press the CLOCK button again to switch to the minute adjustment 4 Press CAT FOLDER 4 SEEK TRACK M4 the minutes 5 Press the CLOCK button again to exit the clock set mode or gt or or PPI to adjust The display will return to the regular clock display after 7 seconds or you may press the CLOCK button again to return to the regular clock display DISP display button This DISP display button will show text about MP3 SAT or CD information in the audio display CD display mode To change th
10. Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 15 10 TRACK AUDIO VY OQO VOL REV MENU button 16 Heater air conditioner and audio systems 9 8 WHA0586 1 PRESET ABC button 7 AUDIO button 2 Display 8 Station select buttons 3 CD button 9 SEEK TRACK button 4 CD eject button 10 PWR VOL control knob 5 CD insert slot 11 BAND select button 6 4 FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped PWR VOL control knob Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position then press the PWR VOL control knob If you listen to the radio with the engine not running turn the key to the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the PWR VOL control knob again turns the system off Turn the PWR VOL control knob to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume Select the auno audio mode NY ADJUST to the desired level LHA0118 Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance To adjust the audio levels for bass treble fader and balance push the AUDIO button and adjust the level with the SEEK TRACK button Press the AUDIO button once for BASS bass twice for TREB treble 3 times for FAD fader and 4 times for BAL balance Once the audio level is
11. am G i L O 0 OOOO ls Q009 E _ LICO764 LICO818 LICO819 Top center tray AT model MT model if so equipped STORAGE TRAYS AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop Instruments and controls 2 31 LICO766 LICO768 WICO609 CONSOLE BOX AWARNING The center console box should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Pull up on the lever to open the console box lid 2 32 Instruments and controls GLOVE BOX To open the top portion of the glove box push the latch up and raise the lid To open the lower portion of the glove box pull the handle down and lower the lid Use the master key to lock or unlock the glove box The valet key cannot be used to lock or unlock the glove box AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop SUNGLASSES HOLDER if so equipped To open the sunglasses holder push and release AWARNING e The sunglasses holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may
12. 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0292 Rear window wiper blade Lift the wiper arm away from the rear win dow Push the wiper blade in and pivot until the blade becomes free Insert a new blade onto the wiper arm and snap into place Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL LDI0476 WDI0197 CHECKING PARKING BRAKE From the released position pull the parking brake lever up slowly and firmly If the number of clicks is out of the range listed see a NISSAN dealer Range 6 8 clicks under pulling force of 44 Ib 196 N 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL With the engine running check the distance A between the upper surface of the pedal and the metal floor If it is out of the range listed see a NISSAN dealer Range 4 1 4 8 in 103 123 mm under a de pressing force of 110 Ib 490 N Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied A WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noi
13. Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer th
14. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or COAST SET switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift selector lever to N Neutral automatic transmission To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle
15. To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to
16. e Work on and around the supplemental front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electri cal equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Re straint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unautho rized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system e The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and Orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropri ate sections in this Owner s Manual LRSO592 Supplemental side impact air bag if so equipped and curtain side impact and rollover air bags if so equipped system The supplemental side impact air bags are lo cated in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact and rollover air bags are located in the side roof rails in all 3 rows These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact an
17. 0 0 8 10 5 speed automatic transmission fluid 8 11 Power steering fluidess s0s0 ice teceeeetegdewe needs 8 11 Brake and clutch fluid 0 0 0 cece eee 8 11 Brake fluid scitietuiiaite ielecian owaalgar sania ws 8 12 CHUGH MUI aiscis on iici tee Ea sim eie hades 8 12 Window washer fluid 0 c eee eee eee 8 12 Window washer fluid reservoir 000 8 12 Battery cet adel Sik edith tee a adit ona 8 13 JUMp StaHtiNg eserse reri sietecoeee taiti nies 8 14 Variable Voltage Control System 04 8 15 Drive belts inc cscs eicerresandiead ee lieadenviaed 8 15 Spark plugs rc s cdediiaeiessarded nae meee eee sa 8 16 Replacing spark plugs 00 e eee eee ee 8 16 PUP COGN asine ip ata ao S 8 17 In Cabin Microfilter seg oc yece toe hon ace eeen 8 17 Windshield wiper blades 0000 c eee eee 8 19 Cleaning icv otiaga ends oiin e meds eee 8 19 Replacing tise cctv et ence ienirt retini eee 8 19 Parking brake and brake pedal 00008 8 22 Checking parking brake 00 0005 8 22 Checking brake pedal 0005 8 22 Brake booStel seei cwshes onsite veneer taeda wss 8 23 FUSOS ects tcaies aateeahe a aeaee 8 23 Engine compartment 00 cee seen 8 24 Passenger compartment 0 0 eee 8 25 Keyfob battery replacement 0 s eee eee 8 26 LiQhtS ccc c craxsetcaieentecseaeidedacsacae canton 8 27 Headlights ecieic
18. 2 13 Seatback pockets 000 2 33 Seats Adjustment acs aore GG as aoe en 1 2 Frontseats sian Oe sche oes Ba ae 1 2 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Security indicator light 00 2 16 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 9 20 3 2 5 9 Self adjusting brakes 000 8 22 Service manual order form 9 30 Servicing air conditioner 4 9 Shift lock release 2 ee 5 13 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 11 Manual transmission 5 15 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 20 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems 1 51 Spark plug replacement 8 16 Speedometer 000005 2 4 SRS warning label 0000 1 54 Starting Before starting the engine 5 9 Jump starting 2 0 0 00 000 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push statting s s koeng keen oS od 6 10 Starting the engine 0 5 10 Steering Power steering fluid 8 11 Power steering system 5 28 Tilting steering wheel 3 11 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 26 Stop lightside iss ak AEG toa BY 8 28 A 6 0 a Fai p E E E ai Ei 2 31 Storage DiM ss ia sei Sa ee e a ahs 2 36 Storage taye cscs et moia ae A 2 31 SUNVISOIS s os pa eka g aa Qaeda ad 3 11 Sunglasses case 1 2 ee eee 2 32 Su
19. 4 8 Heater air conditioner and audio systems through heater core COOLING lt Air not passed LA Fan control Temperature Air flow dial contro dial control dial Air conditioner Air recirculation button button A C Air flow Temp Fan E N Button control control control button Auto MAX COOL ON arc der ON LHA0533 SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 9 AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and press the PWR power VOL volume knob to turn the radio o
20. LDI0441 BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself CLUTCH FLUID Check the clutch fluid level in the reservoir manual transmissions only If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added fre quently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual WINDOW WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of
21. The interior lights illuminate for 30 seconds when the interior light switch is in the normal operation position Push the ff button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds All doors unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition and turning to the ON or START position locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock Whenthe if button on the keyfob is pushed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened e A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the key is turned from OFF to ON 5 a ao ar LPDO211 LPDO262 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pushing and holding the 30 button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when it has run for 25 seconds or any button is pushed on the keyfob Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the keyfob To deactivate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to
22. WIC0913 VOLTMETER When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion the voltmeter indicates the battery voltage When the engine is running it indicates the gen erator voltage While cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range 11 15 volts while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS or Anti lock braking warning light Automatic transmission oil temperature warn ing light if so equipped Automatic transmission park warning light CZZJ model BRAKE or O Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light AWD warning light PZZ model Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light CRUISE Low windshield washer fluid warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Automatic transmission position indicator light Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system on indicator light if so equipped AWD shift indicator light EZ E J model Front passenger air bag status light ZIO High beam
23. placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Technical and consumer information 9 5 Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule 9 6 Technical and consumer information Outside Temperature Range Anticipated Before Next Oil Change GASOLINE ENGINE OIL PREFERRED AT11028 RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all temperatures SAE 10W 30 or SAE
24. 10W 40 viscosity oils may be used if the ambient temperature is above 0 F 18 C AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equiva lents ACAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V block Slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 622 95 5 x 92 Displacement cu in cm8 241 30 3 954 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed A T in N position See the Emission Control Information label on the under Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed side of the hood CO at idle Standard PLFR5A
25. AWARNING e Never leave the E Lock system ON when driving on paved or hard surfaced roads Turning the vehicle may result in the rear wheels slipping and result in an accident and personal injury After us ing the E Lock system to free the ve hicle turn the system OFF e Use the E Lock system only when free ing a stuck vehicle Try the 4LO position before using the E Lock system Never use the E Lock system on a slippery road surface such as snow or ice sur face Using the E Lock system when driving in these road conditions may cause unexpected movement of the ve hicle during engine braking accelerat ing or turning which may result in an accident and serious personal injury A CAUTION e After using the E Lock system turn the switch OFF to prevent possible damage to driveline components from extended use Do not drive over 12 MPH 20 km h when the system is engaged Doing so could result in possible damage to the driveline e Do not turn on the E lock system while the tires are spinning Doing so could damage drivetrain components CLUTCH INTERLOCK clutch start SWITCH if so equipped CLUTCH START CANCEL C WIC0817 A WARNING Pay special attention to your surround ings when using the clutch interlock switch The vehicle will move forward or backward according to the gear selected The clutch interlock clutch start switch allows for starting the engi
26. Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm 2006 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe You can write to NISSAN with the information at dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to following information provide NISSAN directly with comments or questi
27. Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck ACAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing In case of emergency 6 11 For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual 6 12 Incase of emergency ACE1037 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN Two wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated ACAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the gro
28. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat WRSO134 SPA1025 Adjust the head restraint so the center is leve with the center of your ears ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT front seats AWARNING e Always adjust the head restraints prop erly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effec tiveness of the active head restraint Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Al ways wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any accident e Do not attach anything to the head re straint stalks Doing so could impair active head restraint function The head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occu pant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whip lash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as de scribed earlier in this section FLEXIBLE SEATING AWARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fol
29. HDC switch in the In struments and controls section Once the system is activated the indicator light will remain on in the instrument panel see Hill descent control HDC system on indicator light in the Instruments and con trols section If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the HDC system is on the system will stop operating temporarily As soon as the accelerator or brake pedal is released the HDC system begins to function again if the HDC operating conditions are fulfilled For the best results when descending steep downhill grades the HDC switch should be ON and the selector lever in 2 Second gear or 1 Low gear for engine braking HILL START ASSIST HSA SYSTEM if so equipped A WARNING e Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from mov ing backward on a hill Always drive carefully and attentively Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may re sult in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death e The hill start assist system is not de signed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious p
30. If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R e Rewritable compact discs CD RW Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 11 e Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC e Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc e Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player retu
31. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic control off indica tor light may come on e Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars and bushings are not NISSAN approved for your vehicle or are extremely dete riorated the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC OFF indica tor light may come on When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the VDC OFF indicator light may come on Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the recom mended ones are used the vehicle dy namic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic con trol off indicator light may come on The vehicle dynamic control system is not a subst
32. Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires I
33. Turn the air flow control dial to the 44 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired position 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position 4 4 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the GY position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to 4 and the temperature control lever to the full HOT position When the Hy position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C The air conditioning system will con tinue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The gt mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Bi level heating The bi level mode directs warmed air to the side and center vents and to the front and rear floor outlets 1 Push the gt button to
34. Two master keys black with transpon der chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Valet key black with transponder chip 3 Key number plate 4 Transponder chip A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS if so equipped You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as five NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN
35. activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear
36. controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets MAX Air flows from center and side A C vents with maximum cooling air conditioning Air flows from center and side ventilators 7 Air flows from center and side ventilators and the front and rear floor outlets 74 Air flows mainly from the front and rear floor outlets a Air flows from defroster outlets and the front and rear floor outlets Y Air flows mainly from defroster outlets The air flow control dial also has intermediate positions which allow the air flow to be distrib uted between 2 of the icon positions on the air flow control dial Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Air recirculation button NOTE The air recirculation feature is available only on those vehicles equipped with air conditioning ON position Indicator light on Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle Push the lt button to the on position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 3 for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner OFF position Indicator light off Outside
37. e Improper use of a booster seat can in crease the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle e Follow all of the booster seat manufac turer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle lt may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your vehicle e If the booster seat and seat belt is not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases e Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the booster seat but as upright as possible e After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installation on front passenger seat later in this section e When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the booster seat LRS0586 LRS
38. for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section Infants Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use Small Children Children that are over one year old and weigh between 20 Ibs 9 kg and 40 Ibs 18 kgs can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inches 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially
39. if so equipped NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN ad vanced air bag system for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed yY Do ew The driver supplemental front air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The supplemen tal front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental front air bag system operation The NISSAN advanced air bag system has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor unit seat belt buckle sensors occupant classification sensor pressure sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on
40. in this section and Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped TIRE SIZE DIMENSIONS P235 75R15 P265 70R16 P265 65R17 RECOMMENDED COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE RECOMMANDEE DJ S PNEUS FROIDS P245 75R16 P265 75R16 KPa psi FRONT 240 85 s REAR 240 35 LDI0462 Type B Tire placard if so equipped Tire size The size of the tires origi nally installed on the vehicle at the factory Recommended cold tire inflation pressure Inflate the tires to this pres sure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicles GVWR Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 LDIO393 Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica
41. press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0240 Center of the rear bench seat The center seat belt has a connector tongue and a seat belt tongue Both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt operation Stowing the center seat belt _ t Cr When folding down the rear seat the rear center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position of as follows 1 Hold the connector tongue so that the co seat belt does not retract suddenly when the L T tongue is released from the connector Bi e buckle 2 Insert a suitable tool such as a key into from the connector buckle and release the con i Ti 4 O nector tongue 4 Wi 4 S550241 T 3 Fold the connector as illustrated 4 n
42. set the display will return back to radio or CD display mode after 7 seconds or the AUDIO button can be pressed again within 7 seconds to set the next audio level Pressing the AUDIO button a fifth time will return the display back to radio or CD display mode Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers balance adjusts the sound level between the right and left speakers Clock set 1 Press and hold the MENU button until it beeps longer than 2 seconds 2 The hours will start flashing Press SEEK TRACK A or to adjust the hours 3 Press the MENU button until the radio beeps to switch to the minute adjustment 4 The minutes will start flashing Press SEEK TRACK A or to adjust the min utes 5 Press the MENU button again to exit the clock set mode The display will return to the regular clock display after 7 seconds or you may press the MENU button again to return to the regular clock display FM AM radio operation BAND FM AM band select Push the PMP button to change from AM to FM reception The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception SEEK manual SCAN tuning When the MEU button is pushed while the radio is playing tuning mode is cycled between SEEK tuning manual tuning SCAN mode TUNE and SCAN are shown in the display
43. sonal injury e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The adjustable channel tie down hook system allows you to move tie down hooks in the cargo area to the best location to secure a load The tie down hooks must be installed so the hook is properly fixed to the channel If the tie down hook is not fixed to the channel it cannot be properly tightened Check the tightness of the tie down hooks peri odically during a trip to make sure they have not become loose Install the tie down hooks as follows LTI0144 1 Assemble 4 hook loops to 4 hook plates by screwing the hook plate onto the hook 5 revolutions Technical and consumer information 9 15 LTI0145 LT10146 LTI0147 9 16 Correct Incorrect Technical and consumer information 2 Insert at any position 2 channel tie down hooks into the channel opening of each channel and slide to the desired posi tion 3 4 Hand tighten each hook until it is securely fixed to the channel To reposition the channel tie down hook un screw the hook loop from the hook plate 2 revolutions move to a new location and retighten LTI0148 Correct Incorrect LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified
44. the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and
45. 3 9 Spare tire P 6 2 Replacing bulbs P 8 27 Fuel filler door P 3 9 Child safety rear door lock P 3 5 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details OANOARWN gt o PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Ww SSA WII0056 N O OVP OO We 8 Map lights P 2 45 Sun visors P 3 11 Inside mirror P 3 1 2 Glove box P 2 32 Console box P 2 32 Front seats P 1 2 Rear seats P 1 7 Storage P 2 31 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 1 23 4 5 6 7 1 I 1 10 1 P a ES TES Cr OOO es 5 ia 5 5 22 21 20 18 13 12 w b WICO915 0 6 Illustrated table of contents o 11 12 13 14 Ventilators P 4 2 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 23 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped P 4 26 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 39 P 2 26 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 9 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 17 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 21 P 2 22 Storage P 2 31 Audio system controls P 4 10 Front pa
46. 9 Vehicle identification 0 cece eee eee eee 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle identification number chassis number 00c cece eee eee eeaeee 9 9 Engine serial number 00000se eee ee eee 9 10 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Tire and loading information label 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 1 1 Installing front license plate 0 cece eee 9 11 Vehicle loading information 0 ccs eee ee 9 12 TEM Sinak cates vedere dees chee eek eaee Pak 9 12 Vehicle load capacity 0 6 cece eee eee 9 12 Securing the load 00e eee eee eae 9 14 Channel tie down hooks 0 0 0005 9 15 LOGGING HIPS pedar onta eaS 9 17 Measurement of weights 0 00s eee 9 17 Towing a trailefii ss te enna eee eee eels 9 18 Maximum load limits sener aaora bes 9 18 Towing load specification c e eae 9 21 TOWINGISAPORY yeere e eneen tne e dane 9 21 Flat tOWNg s e its accadesdsat ooann eee eens 9 26 Uniform tire quality grading ccc eee 9 27 Emission control system warranty 0 008 9 28 Reporting safety defects US only 55 9 28 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 29 Event data recorders 2 00 06 06ceee eens ene erotis 9 30 Owner s Manual Service
47. Brake Fluid 6 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base HFC 134a R 134a 7 Air conditioning system oil NISSAN A C System Oil Type R or equivalent 7 Transfer fluid Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF Continental U S and Alaska or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid 5 10 Front final drive oil API GL 5 SAE 80W 90 Gear Oil 9 10 Rear final drive oil Except 6 speed MT and 4X4 O R vehicles 6 speed MT and 4X4 O R vehicles only API GL 5 Synthetic 75W 90 Gear Oil 10 API GL 5 Synthetic 75W 140 Gear Oil 10 Windshield washer fluid shared between front and rear wipers 1 For further details see Fuel recommendation 1 1 4 gal 1 gal 4 5 2 For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 3 For further details see Recommended SAE engine oil viscosi 4 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAI covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze fluid or equivalent ty N Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not 5 For Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON IIl MERCON or equivalent ATF may also be used 6 Available in mainland USA through your NISSAN dealer 7 Fo
48. Disc CD changer 4 23 FM AM radio with compact disc CD PlAVel s va war hog o a a ae ws 4 16 4 20 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 26 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M TESE ee ws a ee a ee Ra 9 29 Rear centerseatbelt 1 16 Rear power windows 0 2 43 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWitCh oo aa aaa eee e 2 22 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 22 Recorders Event datas ei por e desea ied apa ae 9 30 Refrigerant recommendation 9 6 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Remote keyless entry system 3 5 Reporting safety defects US only 9 28 ROOf r cke ere ao ee 2 39 S Safety Child safety rear door lock 3 5 Child seat belts 1 22 1 35 Reporting safety defects US only 9 28 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Seat belt Childisatety lt s s argiteri Weeds 1 12 Infants and small children 1 13 Injured PerSon se osi eao oe noe aes 1 14 larger children eae ee maia 1 13 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Pregnant women naasa aaa 1 14 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 52 Rear center seat belt 1 16 Seat belt extenders 1 21 Seat belt maintenance 1 21 Seat belts se eee es a ee 1 10 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 20 Three point type with retractor 1 14 Seat belt warning light
49. LOCK posi tion turn the steering wheel to the left or right while turning the key to unlock the key cylinder AWARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury OFF WSD0052 MANUAL TRANSMISSION The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position On manual transmission models to turn the igni tion key to LOCK position from ACC or ON position turn the key to OFF push the key in then turn the key to LOCK In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF Not used 1 ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has
50. The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire pressure informa tion in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Starting and driving sec tion and Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S label or the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped under the Cold Tire Inflation Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der i
51. Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents as cS WPDO311 LPDO240 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY Manual To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle To un
52. again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electri cal conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly especially during win ter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire
53. and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h 5 If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 15 MEMO 6 16 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning iGxtenior asu sprengd amicus eSa 7 2 Cleaning Interior cies arees eaii tener soar kuiat 7 4 Washing se tireror enoten nat na ENE heme yao 7 2 ROOF Matsa vse snene orulnspira i ene ew etemad 7 4 WAXING cx cece teat bien beadeeaadiees teteeenda 7 2 Seat bels coterie gen sited ace er E eT 7 5 Removing SpotS 6 cee eee teeter eens 7 2 Corrosion protection 0 iaie eee eee eee 7 5 Underbody cee eeeee ence eee ee eens 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle Gl S Siini Bitte a phe ddd dd atic anek 7 3 GOH OSO Mess cae dat ces hue EEEO ER 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheels 0 0c cence ee 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome paltSwccvcicnigateiveeeieeaeameneraae 7 3 COMOSION 2c sccrcteegea be eidinie yerets tenhi 7 5 Tire GrOSSINGSiice20 02 ede taaee dane etekd ened as 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 5 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it
54. attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance e Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles e Use a proper gear ran
55. can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 OFF eo Pv Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some con ditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is nec essary for most effective protection Fail ure to follow all instructions in t
56. cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle SERVICE The ENGINE light should turn off after a SOON SERVICE few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see the Malfunction indicator light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section earlier in this manual STEERING WHEEL SUN VISORS LPD0304 TILT OPERATION Pull the lock lever forward and hold it to adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired posi tion Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel in place AWARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident WPDO315 To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 Slide the extension sun visor if so equipped in or out as needed A CAUTION e Donotstore the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position e Do not pull the extension sun visor forc edly downward 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS WPD0307 WPDO126 VANITY MIRRORS To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor
57. cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadvert ently becoming unlatched Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes e Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corr
58. conjunction with the front supple mental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After the pre tensioner seat belts have activated load limiters allow the seat belt to release web bing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light will not come on will flash intermit tently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual LRS0397
59. depressed fully Check the brake booster function Be certain to keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check that the lever pedal has the proper travel and confirm that your vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance it
60. dial to the desired position and pushin the C button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Push the button to the off position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 44 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the E button The indicator light comes on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high push the gt button to the on position indicator light on Be sure to return the gt button to the off position for normal cooling Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the GY position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 5 3 Push the 4 comes on When the SY Z or positions in between are selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C The air conditioning system will con tinue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air flow co
61. e Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4LO and 4H while driving AWD shift indicator light Starting and driving 5 23 LSDO147 The 4WD shift indicator light is located in the odometer display The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch e The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other When the shifting is com pleted the 4WD shift indicator light will come on 5 24 Starting and driving If the 4WD warning light comes on the AWD indicator light goes out A CAUTION If the 4WD shift indicator light indication changes to 2WD when the 4WD shift switch is shifted to the 4H position at low ambient temperatures the 2WD mode may be being engaged due to malfunc tioning drive system If the indicator does not return to normal and the 4WD warning light comes on have the system checked by the nearest NISSAN dealer 4WD warning light Comes on or blinks Warning light when There is a malfunc tion in the 4 wheel drive system slz 4wD Comes on ZEN J The difference in AWD Blinks slowly wheel rotation is TESS large The 4WD warning light is located in the meter The 4WD warning light comes on when the key switch is turned to ON It turns off soon afte
62. essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any check
63. facing child restraint Front facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 pounds 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fit ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child Re straints later in this section Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional protec tion NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system
64. gate is opened The light turns off when the lift gate is closed OFF The light does not illuminate regardless of door position or lock status Instruments and controls 2 45 MEMO 2 46 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments KeYSas tested E tote deere ceseetawees 3 2 Lift Gates ceecwineresiwseee ew nade an REE 3 9 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system keys FuelstillePdoer irer cveisadenesadeceva gee ison evens a 3 9 if so equipped n shies euamnguaninegeered 3 2 Opening the fuel filler lid 0 0000ee eee 3 9 Doors pens trina nieia hans aida die DE ah erence diranta 3 3 Fuelfiller Gap cicsicenrteveneteteetectaenas ee 3 10 Locking with key 10 1 0 see eeeeee eee e eee ee ens 3 3 Steering wheel 0 0 c eee e eee eee eee eens 3 11 Locking with inside lock knob 0008 3 4 Tilt operation cccceseceeceeeeeeeeeerenens 3 11 Locking with power door lock switch Sun visors 3 11 if so equipped esre 6 eect eiie eee eee 3 4 bee ee ee ge 3 Vanity MINOT S eike pa rees esios seated weenie 3 12 Child safety rear door lock 0 00005 3 5 s MinfOlSiicenttivteotei ed ee ke dete enees cae eee 3 12 Remote keyless entry system if so equipped 3 5 eu How to use remote keyless entry system 3 6 Se TOT te MDD sine pie Sis ae He See As capes E cfecac Satin E Mads T 3 8 Outside mirrors 0 cee eee eee 3 13 KEYS 3 WPDO128 1
65. grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants e Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressur
66. hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do Technical and consumer information 9 3 not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady
67. if so equipped Transfer 4LO posi tion indicator light ESZJ model Turn signal hazard 2 17 AEA indicator lights Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SOS areni OEE E EAN ON EEE TELEN 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment 008 1 2 Head restraint adjustment 00 eae 1 4 Active head restraint front seats 0005 1 5 Flexible S atIN Gite seca genet d ces Sheed cave eared cece east 1 5 Seat DEMS ih bode e eels co da r nicer dad agua idee dc 1 10 Precautions on seat belt usage 005 1 10 Child satetys c222cietue sentecheid nE eaea 1 12 Pregnant WOMEN 22 026 c2 seeker eae eee tae 1 14 INJUFED PERSONS ies wie cease signee Sunnis a averse aoe 1 14 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 14 Seat belt extenders 00e eee eae 1 21 Seat belt maintenance 00005 1 21 Child restraints ccvsantinieen cuadec amen aae Ea 1 22 Precautions on child restraints 00 1 22 Child restraint installation on 2nd row bench LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system 2 20 c eee eects Top tether strap child restraint 0 0 Child restraint installation on front passenger Booster seals seces Onadan REE NEEE Precautions on booster seats 000 eee Booster seat installation on rear seat center or outboard positions 0 cece e
68. informa tion from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight de tected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a supplemental front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause irritation and chok ing Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They
69. mode 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 8 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position The passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag LRS0457 WRS0380 and status light in this section Move the Front Facing step 4 Front Facing step 5 child restraint to another seating posi Allow the seat belt to retract slightly Pull up Before placing the child in the child restraint era a system checked by a on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in use force to push the child restraint from Paai the belt side to side and tug it forward to make sure After the child restraint is removed and the seat that it is securely held in place It should not belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does child restraint mode is canceled move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system BOOSTER SEATS PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS AWARNING Infants and small child
70. more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification chart LTI0162 The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving Pull to the side of
71. oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft Ib 29 39 N m Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 7 Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstic
72. on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury e Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the _ vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If
73. paaa 5 33 Batt Shy eoria nae EEE E anda ett 5 33 Draining of coolant water 0 eee ee 5 33 Tire CQUIPMENE cscs ccne siadecseee teeny eiss 5 33 Driving On SNOW OF ICE eee 5 34 Special winter equipment 5 34 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 34 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the en
74. pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop Instruments and controls 2 11 The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so 4WD warning light gay model 4wD The 4WD warning light comes on when the key switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the engine or vehicle is not functioning properly the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See 4WD warning light in the Starting and driving section 2 12 Instruments and controls A CAUTION e If the warning light comes on or blinks during operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmiss
75. seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this sec tion for details e A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passen ger seat e The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Move seat fully back WRS0379 Front Facing step 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat follow these steps Position the child restraint on the front pas senger seat It should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Adjust the head restraint to its highest position Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direc tion and t
76. secure the receiver buckle until it clicks The center seat belt connector tongue and re ceiver buckle are indicated by the gt and lt mark The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt con nector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belt earlier in this section AWARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop CO i PATEN t LRS0611 AG LRS0610 2nd row center seat belt comfort guide When using the 2nd row center seat belt it may be necessary to use the comfort guide to adjust the shoulder belt height for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit 1 Raise the head restraint on the 2nd row driver s side seating position Remove the comfort guide from the stowed position by pulling the cord from the channel 2 Insert the shoulder belt into the back of the comfort guide so that the seat belt lays flat in the guide Be sure that the comfort gu
77. selector to Neutral position For manual transmission vehicles move the transmission shift lever to Neutral position 4 With the brake pedal depressed on automatic transmission vehicles or with the clutch pedal depressed on manual transmission vehicles move the 4WD shift switch to desired mode Be sure to wait until the transfer gear change completes before shifting the transmission selector or transmission shift lever from Neutral position 2 While changing in and out of 4LO the ignition key must be ON and the vehicle s engine must be running for a shift to take place and for the indicator lights 4WD shift and 4LO position indicator to be operable Otherwise the shift will not take place and no indicator lights will be on or flashing vpc 3 Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The OFF indicator light if so equipped will also turn on when 4LO is selected See Vehicle dynamic control system later in this section Starting and driving 5 21 The transfer case 4WD shift switch is used to select either 2WD or 4WD depending on the driving conditions There are three types of drive modes available 2WD 4H and 4LO The 4WD shift switch electronically controls the transfer case operation Rotate the switch to move between each mode 2WD 4H and 4LO To change into or out of 4LO the vehicle MUST be stationary shift the transmission selector or tran
78. shift selector lever can be moved to N Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the ON position This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged To push the shift lock release complete the fol lowing procedure 1 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover as shown 4 Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down 5 Move the shift selector lever to the N Neu tral position while holding down the shift lock release 6 Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the auto matic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Starting and driving 5 13 Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed 5 14 Starting and driving LSDO142 Overdrive switch Each t
79. started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM f so equipped The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten sea
80. temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturers recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water Instruments and controls 2 21 REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH WIC0844 The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times 2 22 Instruments and controls AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window wi
81. terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator If you add electrical accessories to your vehicle ground it to the body ground located near the battery along the negative battery cable DRIVE BELTS LDI0449 Power steering fluid pump Cooling fan Air conditioner Crankshaft Generator AWARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position The engine could rotate unexpectedly neU 1 Visually inspect the belt s for signs of un usual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 2 Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped o WDI0005 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs be
82. that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo 9 12 Technical and consumer information GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in clude
83. the brake pedal and move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position Starting and driving 5 11 AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch Move the selector lever to the P Park position then the key can be turned to LOCK P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed to move the se lector lever from the N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then shift the selector lever into the P Park position 5 12 Starting and driving R Reverse A CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use this position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor r
84. the floor storage area push down 4 to raise the handle then pull up on the handle 2 to lift the luggage board Attach the tether located on the inside of the luggage board to a ceiling hook to hold the lug gage board up while accessing the storage area AWARNING Do not drive with the luggage board teth ered to a ceiling hook In a sudden stop or collision the luggage board could come loose and cause personal injury 2 36 Instruments and controls LUGGAGE HOOKS The luggage hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Use suitable ropes and hooks to secure cargo e Never allow anyone to ride in the lug gage area It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly N Fi lel AAV AN LTI0140 LT10141 Side finisher Floor hooks Do not apply a load of more than 110 Ib 490 N Do not apply a load of more than 110
85. the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This gives stability to the tow vehicle When hooking up a trailer using a weight distrib uting hitch always refer to the hitch manufactur er s instructions 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface With the ignition on and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within O 5 inches 0 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2 The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2 A WARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage Sway control device Sway control devices are used to help control the effects of sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles Make sure the sway control device is compatible with the trail er s brake system Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to to
86. the negative cable and then the positive cable In case of emergency 6 9 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid 6 10 Incase of emergency PUSH STARTING A CAUTION e Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing The three way catalyst may be damaged e Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started At tempting to do so may cause transmis sion damage e For manual transmission models never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS AWARNING e Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator or coolant reser voir cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading and the illumination of the engine oil pressure engine coolant temperature high indicator light or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicl
87. times to skip through tracks The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played When theid or PPI button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a CD is playing the CD plays at an increased speed while fast for warding or rewinding through the existing track 4 24 Heater air conditioner and audio systems being played When the button is released the CD returns to normal play speed a gt CAT FOLDER While playing an MP3 press the CAT FOLDER button or gt to scan backward or for ward through available folders CD select buttons To play another CD that has been loaded press a CD select button 1 6 SCAN RPT When the SCAN RPT play button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows ALL DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 TRACK RPT ALL DISC RDM 1 DISC RDM ALL DISC RPT ALL DISC RPT All discs loaded will be repeated 1 DISC RPT The disc that is currently playing will be repeated 1 TRACK RPT The track that is currently playing will be repeated ALL DISC RDM Tracks from all discs will be played randomly 1 DISC RDM Tracks from the disc that is cur rently playing will be played randomly amp CD EJECT Current disc Press the slot number 1 6 for the desired disc then press the amp button The com pact di
88. tion shown on the Tire Placard if so equipped or the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Size Cold Tire Infla tion Pressure Front Original Tire P265 65R17 110T P265 70R16 111T P265 75R16 114T Rear Original Tire P265 65R17 110T P265 70R16 111T P265 75R16 114T Spare Tire P265 65R17 110T P265 70R16 111T P265 75R16 114T 240 kPa 35 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI WDI0394 P215 65R15 95H R 15 t t 4 5 WDI0395 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall Example Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 4 R The R stands for radial 1 P The P indicates the tire is de 5 Two digit number 15 This number signed for passenger vehicles not all is the wheel or rim diameter in inches tires have this information 6 Two or thr
89. towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult
90. tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens A CAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish 7 4 Appearance and care e Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cov
91. vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a rollover accident e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully e Be sure to check the brakes immedi ately after driving in mud or water See Brake system later in this section for Wet brakes e Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or sideways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent maintenance may be required See Periodic mainte nance in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide IGNITION SWITCH OFF WSD0041 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and removed until the shift selector lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition make sure the shift selector lever is in the P Park position If the selector lever is not returned to P Park position the key cannot be moved to the LOCK position Starting and driving 5 7 To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shif
92. weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings Technical and consumer information 9 17 TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing 9 18 Technical and consumer information MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this sec tion The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1587 kg or
93. your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa tive will assist you Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of genuine NISSAN collision parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifica tions if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty pro tection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also no
94. 0 7 5 Cruise control era etapa ee ee 5 17 Cup hold rS i s 3 esses wie ar aon nd 2 34 Curtain side impact and rollover airbag 1 51 D Daytime running light system Canada only 00 0000 ee 2 24 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWICK tic a dit SS heed EM ony ae 2 22 Dimensions and weights 9 8 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 24 Door locks ra a ta alge ea bak aes 3 3 Door open warning light 2 11 Drive belts oi i e sn a r de a e a a 8 15 Driving Cold weather driving 5 33 Driving with automatic transmission 5 11 Driving with manual transmission 5 14 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 10 2 E Economy s fuel es se ss g auaa eo 5 19 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock SYSTE a Gps eae einen see ater tee ee 5 25 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock SYSTEM SWItCH lt i rea wed e a ee ae 2 28 Emission control information label 9 10 Emission control system warranty 9 28 Engine Before starting the engine 5 9 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants n ee ee ee 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Changing engineoil 8 9 Changing engine oil filter 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Checking engine oil level 8 8 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Engine
95. 0 1 P a ES TES Cr OOO es 5 ia 5 5 22 21 20 18 13 12 w b WICO915 2 2 Instruments and controls o 11 12 13 14 Ventilators P 4 2 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 23 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped P 4 26 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 39 P 2 26 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 9 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 17 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 21 P 2 22 Storage P 2 31 Audio system controls P 4 10 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 39 Upper and lower glove box P 2 32 Passenger air bag status light P 1 48 Power outlet P 2 29 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped P 2 28 Hill descent control switch if so equipped P 2 27 Vehicle dynamic control VDC OFF switch P 2 26 15 Shift selector lever P 5 11 16 4WD shift switch if so equipped P 5 20 17 Climate controls P 4 2 18 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 25 19 Ignition switch P 5 7 20 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 11 21 Clutch interlock clutch start switch if so equipped P 2 29 22 Power outside mirror controls if so equipped P 3 13 See the page number indicated in paren thes
96. 0591 Outboard position BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT CENTER OR OUTBOARD POSITIONS A CAUTION Do not use a lap shoulder belt automatic locking mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts When you install a booster seat in the rear seat follow these steps Center position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 2 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If neces sary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to f
97. 1 SRS Air bag warning labels The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visor 2 SRS Side air bag warning label if so equipped The warning label is located on the side of the passenger s side center pillar Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front air bags and supplemental side impact and rollover air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration N LRS0100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying RF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side impact air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag and pre tensioner seat belt systems The circuits moni tored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diagnosis sensor unit crash zone sensor satellite sensors rollover sensor front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain air bag modules pre tensioner seat belts and all related wiring 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain a
98. 11 Spark plug Hot PLFR4A 11 Cold PLFR6A 11 Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Wheels Overall length in mm 178 7 4 538 16x 7 0 Overall width in mm 72 8 1 849 17 x7 5J Overall height Tires with roof rack in mm 74 9 1 902 P265 70R16 without roof rack in mm N A P265 75R16 Front tread in mm 61 8 1 569 P265 65R17 Rear tread in mm 61 8 1 569 Spare tire Full size Wheelbase in mm 106 3 2 700 Gross vehicle weight Ib kg See the FMVSS rating certification label on the Gross axle weight rating center pillar between the Front lb kg driver s side front and Resi Ib kg side doors 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or dis
99. 2 6 Instruments and controls LICO738 LICO739 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev the engine into the red zone 4 ACAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 4 when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the ve hicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required aF i i he 1 S i ao Le we al ON Cy l if ce as FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank om i O LICO740 The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the
100. 2a 244 sa ede eee aceaed 3 9 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 8 Fuel Gauge s s a dara are endl cocks We 2 7 Odometer 6266645 Hee Be a 2 4 Speedometer lt ea e s aora g iny ei i 2 4 Tachometer 0000005 2 6 Trip computers srona a we aede he 2 5 Trip odometer 2 2 ee ee 2 4 Voltmeter 4 6 aii we oe eS 2 8 General maintenance 8 2 Glovebox ks magr Ra anade iak 2 32 H Hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 Head restraints 6 2 2 000000 0G 1 4 Active head restraint 1 5 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 23 Headlight control switch 2 23 Headlightsiei sa fee oe tae Gee 8 27 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 2 Heater operation 4 4 Hill descent control HDC switch 2 27 Hill descent control HDC system 5 32 Hill start assist HSA system 5 32 Hood release 2 ee 3 8 Hook Luggage hook sa s dtopaic giri a es 2 36 HOM eck so ee Re we eee wd 2 26 l Ignition sWitch 2 20 202424448 Panu aa 5 7 Immobilizer system 2 0 2 2 20 3 2 5 9 Important vehicle information label 9 10 In cabin microfilter 0004 8 17 Increasing fueleconomy 5 19 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders s sdi k d saipa a aoa E 2 9 Inside Mirrors 2 2 ced aur stn wee a ad 3 12 Instr
101. Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 M q LPD0209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Close all windows 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close the hood and all doors 4 Push the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked e If a door is open and you push the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silenc ing the horn beep feature later in this section for g details LPDO210 Unlocking doors Push the M Only the driver s door unlocks button on the keyfob once The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position
102. E Engine cover removed for clarity e CON O01 BO os ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze so lution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Ad ditional engine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap Demineral ized or dis tilled water Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Outside temperature down to A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions or coolant colors such as or ange may damage the engine cooling system v Ss seen AN LDI0436 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the eng
103. ECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty WDIO500 CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Remove the drain plug B with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil If the
104. Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain e Do not drive across steep slopes In stead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward 5 6 Starting and driving Many hills are too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift gears while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never at tempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse gear Never back down in N Neutral or with the clutch depressed manual transmission vehicles using only the brake as this could cause loss of control Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an acci dent Apply brakes lightly and use a low gear to control your speed Use the Hill Descent Control feature if so equipped e Unsecured cargo can be thrown aroun
105. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Own er s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements as sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the infl
106. Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an LHA0535 tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS sat 1 PRESET A B C button 7 SCAN RPT ellite radio service subscription is active Satellite 2 Display screen 8 DISP button radio can only be installed in vehicles that were 3 CLOCK button 9 CAT FOLDER factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio 4 SEEK TRACK button 10 CD Load button is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam 5 CD button 11 CD insert slot 6 RADIO button 12 CD eject button 4 20 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Audio main operation POWER VOLUME control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then press the POWER VOLUME control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off POWER VOLUME control knob Turn the POWER VOLUME control knob to ad just the volume press the This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO knob BASS MIDRANGE TREBLE FADE BALANCE and SSV if so equipped Press the AUDIO knob to change the mode as follows BASS MID TREBLE FADE BALANCE
107. IO knob again to store the setting Folder number mode displays the folder number and the file number of the folder currently being played e Disc number mode displays the number se lected disc and the track that is currently being played Track title mode displays the ID3 track title of the MP3 file Disc title mode displays the ID3 disc title of the MP3 file e Folder title mode displays the folder name given to the MP3 folder Display satellite radio display mode if so equipped To change the text displayed when listening to satellite radio if so equipped press the DISP button The DISP button will scroll through the broadcast information as follows Name gt Title Current display mode To change the default display mode press the tune knob to display mode and rotate the knob to select the following display modes Channel number gt Channel name Name Title Once the display mode is selected press the tune knob again to store the setting If the tuning knob is not pressed after 8 seconds the display will refresh with the last selected display mode setting Channel number mode displays the channel number of the selected satellite radio sta tion e Channel name mode displays the channel name of the selected satellite radio station Name mode displays the name of the artist host or weather condition of the selected satellite radio station Title mode displays the song
108. Ib 490 N to a single hook to a single hook Instruments and controls 2 37 Tf rea NN LICO876 LICO866 Cargo net if so equipped CARGO NETS AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Be sure to secure all four hooks into the retainers The cargo restrained in the net must not exceed 30 Ibs 13 6 kg or the net may not stay secured 2 38 Instruments and controls The cargo nets help keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while the vehicle is in motion To install the large cargo net if so equipped attach the hooks to the retainers To remove the large cargo net detach the hooks from the cargo net retainers Right hand luggage side net The right hand luggage side net is not removable AWARNING e The cargo restrained in the luggage side nets must not exceed 8 5 Ib 3 9 kg for each net or the net may not stay secured e Do not place sharp objects in the lug gage side nets Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury when the vehicle is moving or if the vehicle is involved in a collision LICO867 Left hand luggage side nets To install the removable left hand luggage side ne
109. If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications p douai Check if the disc is scratched or dirty oor sound qualit aS Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing A The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips ecto a specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 file has been given an extension of MP3 or mp3 or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there will be approximately 5 next song when playing seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order
110. LTI0140 LTIO141 Cargo area ceiling tie down hooks Adjustable cargo area floor tie down SECURING THE LOAD hooks There are tie down hooks located in both the AWARNING ceiling and floor of the cargo area as shown The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps See Channel tie down hooks following Do not apply a total load of more than 110 Ibs 490 N to a single metal ceiling tie down hook when securing cargo Do not apply a total load of more than 110 Ibs 490 N to a single plastic floor tie down hook when securing cargo e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury CHANNEL TIE DOWN HOOKS AWARNING e Properly install and tighten the tie down hooks into the channel system Also do not install any rope or straps directly to the channel Failure to prop erly install the tie down hooks or in stalling ropes or straps directly to the channel can cause the cargo to become unsecured In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause per
111. Manual order information 9 30 In the event of acollision 00 9 30 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 21 1 8gal 17 5 8 gal 80 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 Engine oil 8 Drain and Refill With oil filter change 5 3 8 qt 4 1 2 qt 5 1 API Certification Mark 2 3 Without oil filter 5 1 8 qt 4 1 4 qt 48 API grade SL Energy Conserving 2 3 change ILSAC grade GF III 2 3 Cooling system With reservoir 2 3 4 gal 2 1 4 gal 10 2 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent 50 Demineralized or distilled water Manual transmission gear oil 2WD 4 1 4 qt 3 1 2 qt 3 98 Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity 4WD 4 3 8 qt 3 5 8 qt 4 18 SAE 75W 85 or 75W 90 Automatic transmission fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instruc Power steering fluid PSF tions in the Maintenance and do it yourself Brake and clutch fluid section Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF 4 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 5 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty
112. ON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash w
113. TP warning light when the automatic trans mission selector lever is in the P posi tion and the ATP warning light is ON Before shifting the 4WD switch into the 4LO position move the automatic transmission selector lever into the N position once shift the selector lever into P again and make sure the ATP warning light is OFF This light indicates that the automatic transmis sion parking function is not engaged If the trans fer control is not secured in any drive position while the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position the transmission will disengage and the drive wheels will not lock BRAKE OF Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition key is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition key is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is o
114. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Technical and consum
115. The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The BFF indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn ON the system See Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the Starting and driving section HILL DESCENT CONTROL HDC SWITCH if so equipped LICO743 AWARNING e Never rely solely on the hill descent control system to control vehicle speed when driving on steep downhill grades Always drive carefully when using the hill descent control system and decel erate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal if necessary Be espe cially careful when driving on frozen muddy or extremely steep downhill roads Failure to control vehicle speed may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death e The hill descent control may not control the vehicle speed on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to control vehicle speed Failure to do so may re sult in a collision or serious personal inju
116. Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness con
117. UTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS l 1 3 4 5 Tey N nye S d gt se k CEECEE EEC EE K ee 11 10 9 8 A WDI0507 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself VQ40DE engine Windshield washer fluid reservoir Battery Fuse fusible link box Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Drive belt location Radiator cap 0 Power steering fluid reservoir 1 Engine coolant reservoir NOT
118. Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 26 Hill descent control HDC switch if so equipped 2 27 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped 6 eee eee eee eee 2 28 Clutch interlock clutch start switch if so equipped 62 ieee eee eens 2 29 Poweroutlet 2cccctccciseoseiaade devew eeecewededas 2 29 Stora reniet oiua DEEE AERATOR owe Rane ested 2 31 Storage tays error niece nuron TuE SE RN apen 2 31 Console Hoxe creeeren Enn A EEN EA 2 32 GIOVEIDOX s rearme gar Ea MoE EEA AN 2 32 Sunglasses holder if so equipped 2 32 Map iPOCKCtS iio eecis nc careltthcrdcoeedet are uteaen dan deneapiea 2 33 Seat Pocketsi hein clave isd a EEEE E 2 33 Cup Molders ryad a an 2 34 Cargo area storage piiat eee eee eee 2 36 Luggage Nook 222080080 idise nea onenen ees 2 36 Cargo Nets isos daiwa a anie aai wakes pees Sarees 2 38 ROOPMACK ri sica ds adalnemadatnisnotalon ERS 2 39 WINdOWSiidiods ariere i tarde Saeed es Pee 2 42 Power windows if so equipped 4 2 42 Manual windows s seer eee eee eee 2 44 Interior IGM Sis edecson re sectueitiise iigiersieersa bee ese anes Meee 2 44 Ma pili ht 2sic nuna aeaa ae sumed 2 45 Cargolight 0 2cttcviatieweass eels eh tanew iene vend 2 45 INSTRUMENT PANEL 1 23 4 5 6 7 1 I 1 1
119. WITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel POWER on off switch With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on or off OnN gt MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the modes PRESET A PRESET B PRESET C CD PRESET A Volume control switch Push the volume control switch up or down to increase or decrease the volume Tuning Memory change radio Push the tuning switch W or 4N forless than 1 5 seconds to change presets Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch WV or AN for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previ ous radio station Next Previous track CD Push the tuning switch W or 4AN for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks 4 26 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Change disc CD if so equipped Push the SEEK tuning switch W or AN for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc up or down ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna clock wise Tighten the antenna rod to specification using a suitable tool such as an open end wrench The ant
120. air is drawn into the passenger compart ment and distributed through the selected outlet Use the off position for normal heater or air con ditioner operation Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired 1 to 4 position and push the button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light on the E button will come on Push the button again to turn off the air condi tioner The indicator light on the 4 button will go off The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window defroster switch For more information about the rear window de froster switch see Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Push the button to the OFF position for normal heating The indicator light on the CS button will go off 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the si position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired position 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center ventilators 1 Push the CS button to the OFF position The indicator light on the gt button will go off oa 2
121. aking a turn or reversing e Do not shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 2WD and 4H while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 or manual transmis sion 1st gear or 2nd gear for engine braking e Do not operate the 4WD shift switch between 2WD and 4H with the rear wheels spinning e Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise and tire wear NISSAN recommends driving in the 2WD position under these conditions e The 4WD transfer case may not be shifted between 4H and 4LO at low am bient temperatures and the transfer 4LO position indicator light may blink even when the 4WD shift switch is shifted After driving for a while you can change the 4WD transfer case between 4H and 4LO When driving on rough roads Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO Drive carefully according to the road surface conditions When the vehicle is stuck Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO Use the Electronic Locking Rear Differential E Lock system if so equipped Turn the switch ON while the vehicle is stationary and apply the throttle to try to free the vehicle If it is difficult to free the vehicle rock the vehicle back and forth between reverse and drive gears If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud place stones or wooden blocks under the tires Then try the recovery
122. al may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision WDI0408 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 1 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place g Rotate wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 LDI0443 If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle 4 This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin
123. already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pushing the POWER VOLUME control knob will start the compact disc Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm diameter compact discs in the CD changer LOAD button To insert a CD in the CD changer press the load button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pressing the CD insert select button 1 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer press the load button for more than 1 5 seconds The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate on the display when CDs are loaded into the changer CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with the com pact disc loaded with the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play raa gt gt SEEK TRACK When the l4 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed When the PPI button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Push several
124. also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna COMPACT OEE A LHA0099 AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player e Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity
125. an that of non studded snow tires Starting and driving 5 33 3 Tire chains may be used Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the pos sibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress 5 34 Star
126. and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS The anti lock braking system controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock when braking abruptly or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects th
127. and stops Cargo light AL48 4 Connect the negative battery cable High iriounted stop light 5 Close the hood 1 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information 2The bulb is not serviceable in vehicle See a NISSAN dealer for assistance 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI0477 OoPON gt Map lights Interior light Cargo light High mount stoplight License plate light Rear combination light 7 8 Headlight assembly Fog light WDI0295 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 LDI0478 Sx Ye WDI0206 Map lights Use a cloth to protect the housing 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Interior light Cargo light Use a cloth to protect the housing LDI0448 Rear combination light WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the tire pres sure monitoring system TPMS It moni tors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warn ing light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated
128. ansmission se lector lever in the P Park or N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 8 at least one more time If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is accept able between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed Technical and consumer information 9 29 EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of comput ers that monitor and control a number of systems to optimize performance and help service techni cians with diagnosis and repair Some of the computers monitor emission control systems braking systems engine systems transmission systems tire pressure systems and airbag sys tems Some data about vehicle operation may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example vehicle speed brake application steering angle air bag readiness air bag perfor mance and seat belt use by the driver or passen ger may be recorded These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Recorders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not recorded NISSAN and NISSAN dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of
129. ates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental curtain air bag system e Tampering with the supplemental side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the curtain air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or cur tain air bag system The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental side air bag and curtain air bag sys
130. available booster seat if the shoul der belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle por tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 have a label certifying that it complies with Fed eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as pos sible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons u
131. be ea a 4 6 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 18 Anchor point locations 1 31 Antenna ni ee ee ee 4 26 Anti lock brake warning light 2 10 Anti lock braking system ABS 5 29 Audible reminders 4 2 18 Audio system si 202 224 wed a aad ed 4 10 Compact Disc CD changer 4 23 Compact disc CD player 4 19 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player sae ee nenaad 4 16 4 20 Radio bik eee ae wae ce a d 4 10 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 26 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 43 Automatic transmission position indicator light stoe 2660044 a0 a4 2 14 Driving with automatic transmission Transmission selector lever lock release 5 13 B Batten cick ae wks pha ea ae 8 8 13 Charge warning light 2 11 Before starting the engine 5 9 Belts See drive belts 8 15 Booster seats 2 4 da ewadaee eo e 8 1 35 Brake Anti lock braking system ABS 5 29 Brake boster soe sa riai meik d 8 23 Brake fluidi ses sa 300 da ote e a 8 11 Brake light See stop light a 8 28 Bra k pedal si so eo sonaa 0 aad 8 22 Brake system naonana anana 5 28 Brake warning light aaa aaa 2 11 Brake wear indicators 2 18 8 22 Parking brake check 8 22 Parking brake operation 5 16 Self adjusting brakes 8 22 Break in schedule 00 5 19 Bri
132. c trans mission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment POWER STEERING FLUID lt i t WDI0282 The fluid level should be checked using the HOT MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera tures of 32 86 F 0 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF Remove the cap and fill through the opening ACAUTION e DO NOT OVERFILL e Recommended fluid is NISSAN PSF or equivalent Genuine BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A WARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch sys tems The use of improper fluids can dam age the brake system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 WINDOW WASHER FLUID LDI0463 LDI0463
133. cantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Be sure to read the driving safety precautions later in this section AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result ina collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstrea
134. cause they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely ACAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER LDIO376 The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth To remove the air cleaner filter Loosen the screw Disconnect the electrical connector Unlatch the clips and remove the air cleaner cover Remove the air cleaner filter AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed e Never pour fuel into the throt
135. city due to the passenger and cargo load in the vehicle Remember to keep trailer tongue weight between 10 15 of the trailer weight If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Always verify that available capacities are under the required rat ings Trailer frontal area A CAUTION Exceeding the maximum trailer frontal area specification may exceed the towing capacity of the vehicle This may affect the towing performance and lead to vehicle damage The trailer frontal area affects the towing load of a trailer The frontal area is the total area of the vehicle and trailer that is affected by air resis tance while towing Do not exceed the maximum trailer frontal area specification shown in the Towing Load Specification chart The frontal area can be determined by multiplying the width of the trailer by the height of the trailer For example a trailer that is 8 feet wide by 6 feet tall has a trailer frontal area of 48 square feet TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION P US amp CAN O w w Towing Capac 5 000 Ib 5 000 Ib ity 1 2268 kg 2268 kg 500 lb 500 lb Tongue Load 227 kg 227 kg Gross Com bined Weight 9858 b 9 658 Ib Rating 4 380 kg 4 380 kg Maximum trailer 60 sq ft 5 52 sq meters 1 The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers car
136. ckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing Rear Facing step 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts to emer gency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled WRS0482 WRS0483 Rear Facing step 4 Rear Facing step 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up onthe Before placing the child in the child restraint shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to fu
137. confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered Using the interior lights Pushthe M button onthe keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior lights in the Instruments and controls section earlier in this manual 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOOD A O LPD0302 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver s side instrument panel The hood will spring up slightly Push the lever at the front of the hood to the side as illustrated with your fingertips and raise the hood Insert the support rod into the slot on the underside of the hood When closing the hood lower it slowly and make sure it locks into place A WARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident e If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood LIFT GATE AWARNING e Always be sure the lift gate has been closed securely to prevent it from o
138. cooling system 8 7 Engine Gils si et We a an a a 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 11 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Engine serialnumber 9 10 Engine specifications 9 7 Starting the engine aana 5 10 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 8 Event datarecorders 9 30 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 F Firstaid kit ssc cee ee eae a 6 2 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 SIEE 6 Sarre ae 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid 7 4 Fluid Brake fluids saraaa Se ean Se a 8 11 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants ss ss s iaie as aa 9 2 Clutch fluid as aaant ee cae eS 8 12 Engine coolant 005 8 7 Engine Oil ecco ae mni oea mapa 8 8 Power steering fluid 8 11 Window washer fluid 8 12 F M V S S certification label 2 2 04 9 10 Fogilight SWitChien d creas be oe a8 2 25 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 46 Front Seats jo ca ware eo el ee ee 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel l bricants lt s ss sosca menasa 9 2 Fueleconomy 05 5 19 Fuel gauge 0200005 2 7 Fuel octane rating 9 4 Fuel recommendation 9 3 Fuel filler door and cap 3 9 FUSES a a l ganana a e ae ee a 8 23 Fusible liNkS is a a 64 4 000 eee eee 8 24 G GaS Capes
139. cre ctaits aesieaniutna smeared albame gare 8 27 Exterior and interior lights 0 0008 8 28 Wheels and tires sieri ccc cee neve ease ees teen ish 8 31 Tire PrOSSUre sieri edie mae PENEN omer me He 8 31 TAPS HAD SLING oop ions wie recdss era enciae ienne wanda 8 35 Types Of ire Sieso eneee 8 37 Tire Chains sscece teescsenadoeereeeemeadta 8 38 Changing wheels and tires 000 8 39 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NIS SAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are
140. d vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may times Children should be properly re reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and if appro restraint system and increase the priate in a child restraint chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 SSS0014 A WARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder e Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has
141. d when driving over rough terrain Prop erly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capactiy of the roof rack gear bin if so equipped and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as pos sible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your vehicle to roll over e Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move sud denly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim e Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened e Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may become hot e Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NISSAN is more af fected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control e Do not drive beyond the performance capablity of the tires even with 4WD engaged e Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control e If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your NISSAN four wheel drive vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a two wheel drive vehicle The
142. d as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on Tire and Loading Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration Occupants Luggage Trailer Tongue Remaining available Load limit F R Weight 1 400 Ib LE _ cargo and luggage 640 kg e load capacity 150 Ibx2 300lb 30lbx2 60lb 300 lb 740 b 70 kg 135kg 14kg 27 kg 135 kg 336 kg Occupants Luggage Load limit Remaining available 1 400 Ib R R LO cargo and luggage 640 kg load capacity 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 1 040 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14kg 27 kg 472 kg Occupants Luggage Load limit Remaining available 640 kg load capacity 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 500 Ib 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg 227 kg LTI0152 Example Steps for determining correct load limit 1 4 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should
143. d down position In a collision people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly e Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats e Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them prop erly if they have been removed for any reason If the head restraints are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident e When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured Passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop e Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system fo LRS0608 Folding the front pass
144. d rollover air bags are de signed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Curtain side impact and rollover air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag op eration When the supplemental side air bag and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain side impact and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions in all rows They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover a
145. d station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band Cur rently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Compact disc CD changer operation A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 23 Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing To insert the disc first push the LOAD button If the radio is
146. d unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being acci dently locked inside the vehicle WPD0321 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the lock position the door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM if so equipped It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior lights on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends on the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob e Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e
147. damage the sunglasses LICO863 LICO575 MAP POCKETS SEAT POCKETS A pocket is located on the back of the driver s seat if so equipped A small pocket is also located on the inboard side of the passenger s seat Instruments and controls 2 33 LICO769 fs WIC0827 2 34 Instruments and controls Front CUP HOLDERS The front cup holders have adapters that can be removed to accommodate larger cups AWARNING The cup holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation A CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident WICO771 LICO864 2nd row rear of front console Bottle holder To open the 2nd row cup holders rear of the front console lower the lid To close raise the lid ACAUTION e Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers Instruments and controls 2 35 rm LICO865 CARGO AREA STORAGE To access
148. di tion Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready con dition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you AWARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic con ditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine when the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points to C Al low the engine to idle until the gauge needle points between the C and H normal oper ating temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 60 MPH 86 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 min utes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the tr
149. down and flip open the mirror cover Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open REARVIEW MIRROR The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours AWARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clarity OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident LPDO237 WPDO170 Electric control type if so equipped The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch Manual control type The outside mirror can be moved in any direction for a better rear view Heated mirrors if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information see Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in t
150. driv ing so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation To manually tune the radio press the CAT FOLDER tune button 4 or gt or turn the tuning knob to right or left To move quickly through the channels hold either the lt or gt button down for more than 1 5 seconds raa gt SEEK TRACK tuning Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 or gt for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station To seek quickly through the channels press and hold the SEEK TRACK button for more than 1 5 seconds When the button is released the radio will seek to the next broadcasting station SCAN RPT tuning Push the SCAN RPT button to stop at each broadcasting station AM FM or SAT if so equipped for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN RPT button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station PRESET A B C Station memory opera tions 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT satellite if so equipped radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of FM AM or SAT stations 1 Choose preset channel A B or C using the PRESET A B C select button 2 Select the desired FM AM or SAT station band 3 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desire
151. e 2 10 Instruments and controls If the light comes on while you are driving contact a NISSAN dealer for repair The ABS system will be disabled and the ABS light will illuminate when the electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped is turned on and the E Lock system is engaged If the E Lock system disengages or the switch is turned off the ABS system will be enabled and the ABS light will turn off Automatic transmission oil OIL TEMP i temperature warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the automatic transmis sion oil temperature is too high If the light comes on while driving reduce the vehicle speed as soon as safely possible until the light turns off A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation when the A T oil temperature warning light is on may damage the automatic transmission Automatic transmission park ATP warning light gga model A WARNING If the ATP light is ON this indicates that the automatic transmission P Park po sition will not function and the transfer case is in neutral When parking always make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light illuminates and the parking brake is set Failure to engage the transfer position in 2WD 4H or 4LO could result in the vehicle mov ing unexpectedly resulting in serious personal injury or property damage e Shift the 4WD switch into the 2WD 4H or 4LO position again to turn off the A
152. e safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modifications may not be cov ered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully APD1005 If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen Le If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle Come Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action t t
153. e ABS light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Also the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is disabled and the VDC light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Starting and driving 5 25 AWARNING e Never leave the E Lock system ON when driving on paved or hard surfaced roads Turning the vehicle may result in the rear wheels slipping and result in an accident and personal injury After us ing the E Lock system to free the ve hicle turn the system OFF Use the E Lock system only when free ing a stuck vehicle Try the 4LO position before using the E Lock system Never use the E Lock system on a slippery road surface such as snow or ice sur face Using the E Lock system when driving in these road conditions may cause unexpected movement of the ve hicle during engine braking accelerat ing or turning which may result in an accident and serious personal injury 5 26 Starting and driving A CAUTION e After using the E Lock system turn the switch OFF to prevent possible damage to driveline components from extended use Do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 12 mph 20 km h when the system is engaged Doing so could damage drivetrain components Do not turn on the E lock system while the tires are spinning Doing so could damage drivetrain components PARKING PARKING ON HILLS H ca ca fc WSDO0050 AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materia
154. e Tire and Loading Information label to turn the light OFF For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is turned ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Starting and driving section AWARNING e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch turned ON have the ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible Whe
155. e a button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb A bulb can be replaced from inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight as sembly A CAUTION e High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped e When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB e U
156. e effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident o9 LRS0583 Seat belt hook When the seat belt is not in use and when folding down the rear seats hook the rear seat belts on the seat belt hooks SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available which is compatible with the installed seat belts The ex tender adds approximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance if an extender is required AWARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat bel
157. e rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing wheel lockup the system helps the driver main tain steering control and helps to minimize swerv ing and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down AWARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Normal operation The anti lock braking system does not operate at speeds below 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speeds vary according to road conditions When driving the anti lock braking system con trols the wheels so they will not lock when brak ing abruptly or when braking on a slippery road Thus steering control is increased and swerving of the vehicle is decreased during emergency braking The system detects the wheel rotation rate and electronically controls the pressure ap plied to each brake Slight vibration on the brake pedal accompanied by noise usually occurs while the ABS system is operating Such vibration and noise encountered during abrupt braking is not a problem but indicates that the system is func tioning properly However the pulsation may in dicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving Self test feature The anti lock braking system consists of elec tronic sensors and hydraulic solenoids controlled by a computer The computer has a built in diag nos
158. e safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant temperature is high 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in
159. e someone retrieve and store the blocks When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the trans mission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine overloading and or overheating However for long steep grades do not stay in 1st gear when driving above 35 MPH 56 km h or 2nd gear when driving above 58 MPH 93 km h If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioner system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan control to high and setting the temperature control to the HOT position Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in c
160. e telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly underinflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS
161. e text displayed while playing a CD with text press the DISP button The DISP button will allow you to scroll through CD text as follows Disc title Track title To change the default display mode press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until DISPLAY MODE appears on the display then rotate the knob to select the following display modes Disc title Track title Track number Once the display mode is selected press the AUDIO knob again to store the setting If the AUDIO knob is not pressed within 8 seconds the display will refresh with the last selected display mode setting Track title mode displays the title of the se lected CD track Disk title mode displays the title of the CD being played Track number mode displays the number selected disc and the track that is currently being played on the disk Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 21 MP3 display mode To change the text displayed when listening to an MP3 with MP3 text when CD with text is being used press the DISP button The DISP button will scroll through the CD text as follows Disc title Track title Folder title To change the default display mode press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until DISPLAY MODE appears on the display then rotate the knob to select the following display modes Folder num ber Track title Folder title Disc title Disc number Once a display mode is selected press the AU D
162. e top of the head restraint with the head restraint in the full down position Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point located on the back of the seatback of the same seat that the child restraint is in For best child restraint fit see the child restraint installation instructions in this section and the child restraint manufacturer s instructions Anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the back of each seatback for all three seating positions of the 2nd row bench seat as shown If you have any questions when installing a top strap child restraint on the rear seat consult your NISSAN dealer for details 4 LRS0588 WRS0256 2nd row bench seat CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION 1 Top tether strap ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT 2 Anchor point AWARNING Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags in flate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental front air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 Move seat fully back WRS0378 e NISSAN recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front pas senger
163. eats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 Sit upright and well back WRS0031 A WARNING e The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section 1 40 The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System if you are unre strained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the
164. ections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so A CAUTION If you move the shift selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 2 Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone place blocks on the down hill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park 6 Make sure the ci indicator light if so equipped indicates the transfer case is in 4H 4L or 2H and that the ATP light is off If the g amp indicator light is flashing or the ATP light is ON make sure the transmission is in P Park AT and turn the 4WD switch to 2WD or 4H See Automatic transmission park warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Using four wheel drive in the Starting and driving section T Turn off the engine To drive away 1 a fF ON D Start the vehicle Apply and hold the brake pedal Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal 7 Hav
165. ed when the front passenger s seat is occupied if so equipped For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags if so equipped curtain side impact and rollover air bags if so equipped and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all 2 14 Instruments and controls Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioner seat belts may not function properly For additional details see Supplemental restraint system in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warni
166. ee Booster seat installation on front passenger Supplemental restraint system 0 000 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSIOM iis seit e eine eee sda rede ene eee et Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light SEATS FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT AWARNING e Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle ARS1152 AWARNING e For the most effective protection when ae z z the vehicle is in motion the seat should O BO mei tiele In armoving penige Koen be upright Always sit well back in the the seatback is reclined This can be t with both feet the fl d dangerous The shoulder belt will not Sear wi 9 eet on tne noor an be adainst vour body in an accident adjust the seat properly See Precau g y y ens tions on Seat Belt Usage later in this you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries section 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRSO175 WRSO176 Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the
167. ee digit number 95 This 2 Three digit number 215 This num number is the tire s load index It is a ber gives the width in millimeters of measurement of how much weight the tire from sidewall edge to side each tire can support You may not wall edge find this information on all tires be 3 Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width cause it is not required by law Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating XX XX t t 2 3 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XXX XXX XXXX t t t 4 5 6 WDI0396 Example TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of Tire Identification Num ber 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufac ture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the
168. ee ee 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle loading information 9 12 Vehicle recovery 6 14 7 2 Vehicle security system 4 2 18 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 0 0 2 20 3 2 5 9 Ventilators e si a ee ee ee ee 4 2 VISOS sor S sa p Kade Be a pui Ba 3 11 Voltmeter os bs tee ee ee ve eee 2 8 Ww Warning 4WD warning light 2 12 Air bag warning light 1 54 2 14 Anti lock brake warning light 2 10 Battery charge warning light 2 11 Brake warning light 2 11 Door open warning light 2 2 2 11 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 11 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 Low fuel warning light 2 12 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Low washer fluid warning light 2 13 Passenger air bag and status light 1 48 Seat belt warning light 2 12 Vehicle security system 2 18 Warning labels for SRS 1 54 Warning indicator lights and audible FOMINGEIS s eek oe Bk a oes AS 2 9 Waring lights eors a sada apa eee nd 2 9 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer sWitcheS 636 socos aioa Re ra 2 22 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 21 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 8 Wheels and tires 2 2 2 0 0 0000 4 8 31 Wheel tire size ee ee ee 9 8 When traveling or
169. ee eke ws 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricantS 222 2442 n a a a 9 2 Changing engineoil 8 9 Changing engine oil filter 8 10 Checking engine oil level 8 8 ENJING OIl ses Sie i ao a oP eR aed 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil viscosity a an aa 9 5 Outside MINOS es pea g Se sap aa EE 3 13 Overdrive switch naana anaa 5 14 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 10 Owner s manual order form 9 30 Owner s manual service manual order infomation e s 54 G02 4 shoe a aS 9 30 P Parking Parking brake check 8 22 Parking brake operation 5 16 Parking parking on hills 5 27 Power Power door locks saas wiin ia i e ana 3 4 Power outlet s cocir daira tae eaaa 2 29 Power rear WINdOWS 2 43 Power steering fluid 8 11 Power steering system 5 28 Power windoWwS noaoo 2 42 Rear power windows 2 43 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 On pavement and off road driving PRECAUTIONS 2 266 soe a Ge Sets el eee 5 5 Precautions on child restraints Precautions on seat belt usage Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSIOMs tte BS ee ee Be 1 39 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 52 Push stating osii a acon de aeag a ad 6 10 R Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 27 Compact
170. em resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet eszj Four wheel drive models A CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may dam age the transmission transfer case and differential gears If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact a NISSAN dealer Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on t
171. emergency JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery e Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water e Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting e Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it Vehicle being jump started Cloth Vehicle with battery for booster WCEO0066 AWARNING Always follo
172. ems listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid levels Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check
173. enger s seatback if so equipped To fold the front passenger s seatback flat for extra storage length when transporting long items Slide the seat to the rear most position Lift up on the recline lever located on the out side edge of the seat and fold the seatback forward as far as it will go Then lift up on the latch located on the upper corner of the seatback to release the back of the seat LRSO609 Once the seatback is released it will enable you to fold the front passenger seatback flat over the seat cushion To return the front passenger s seat to a seating position lift up on the seatback and push it up to an upright position Then pull up on the recline lever and lean the seatback to a proper seating position Release the lever to lock the seatback in position AWARNING e If you fold the front passenger s seat back flat forward to carry longer ob jects be sure this cargo is properly se cured and not near an air bag In a crash an inflating air bag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Se cure objects away from the area in which an air bag would inflate See Precautions on supplemental restraint system later in this section Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the front passenger s seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers could re sult in serious injury in an accide
174. enna rod tightening specification is 2 0 2 6 N m 18 23 in lb Do not use pliers to tighten the antenna as they can leave marks on the antenna surface The antenna rod cannot be hand tightened to the proper specification ACAUTION Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING e Acellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving e If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standi
175. er FLOOR MATS The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn WAI0006 Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your ve hicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMM
176. er Vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package are equipped with a 7 pin trailer harness connector If your trailer is Technical and consumer information 9 23 equipped with a flat 4 pin connector an adapter will be needed to connect the trailer lights to the vehicle Adapters are available at NISSAN deal ers as well as auto parts stores and hitch retail ers Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed AWARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system Electric trailer brake controller Trailers equipped with electric brakes may re quire the installation of an aftermarket trailer brake controller A Genuine NISSAN jumper harness is available that is specifically designed to be used when installing an aftermarket brake controller Install the aftermarket electric trailer brake con troller according to the manufacturer s instruc tions 9 24 Technical and consumer information Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the
177. er information 9 27 AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 191 Gardena CA 90248 0191 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 9 28 Technical and consumer information REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway
178. ersonal injury e The hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions Al ways be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill Hill start assist will operate automatically under the following conditions The selector lever is shifted to a forward or reverse gear The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake The maximum holding time is 2 seconds After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and hill start assist will stop operating completely Hill start assist will not operate when the selector lever is shifted to N or P or ona flat and level road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob if so equipped ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see
179. es for operating details METERS AND GAUGES w WICO911 aoRON gt Warning indicator lights Tachometer Speedometer Fuel gauge Voltmeter Odometer Twin trip odometer Trip com puter if so equipped Engine oil pressure gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 WICO912 1 Speedometer 2 Odometer twin trip display 3 Change button SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h 2 4 Instruments and controls Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition key is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips ar Ta cau mn v Ys Sa mya ol LICO780 With twin trip odometer Changing the display For vehicles equipped with twin trip odometer pushing the change button changes the display as follows Trip A Trip B Trip A fe 129 129 Bg yaa De ifn a 354 SaPA oea Ela 129 qe mt E B 129 yp E u LICO781 With trip computer For vehicles equipped wi
180. estraints fit in all types of vehicles If you must install a front facing child restraint in the front seat see Child restraint installation on front passenger seat later in this section e When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ON 2ND ROW BENCH SEATS AWARNING e The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child LRSO581 in a sudden stop or collision LRSO582 Front facing center step 1 Front facing When you install a child restraint on the 2nd row bench seat follow these steps 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front facing outboard step 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the restraint manufacturer s in structions The back of the c
181. eturns to normal play speed MENU MENU When the MEMU button is pushed while the com pact disc is playing the play pattern changes as follows RPT The current selection is repeated MIX Selections are played at random not fol lowing the sequence on the compact disc The same program may be repeated twice If the A button is pushed in the MIX mode selections will be chosen at random Blank no symbol All selections are played repeatedly in sequence When a new compact disc is inserted the play pattern automatically changes to ALL A CD EJECT button When the amp button is pushed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc ejects Whenthe amp button is pushed while the com pact disc is playing the compact disc ejects and the system turns off O DISC indicator light This light comes on when a compact disc is loaded into the player Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 19 13 PWR VOL control knob 14 Station and CD select 1 6 buttons 15 TUNE button No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access Satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be in stalled in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska
182. everse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 3 Third gear Use this position for driving up and down long slopes where engine braking would be advanta geous Do not downshift into the 3 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 3 position 2WD 62 MPH 100 km h 4H 62 MPH 100 km h 4LO 31 MPH 50 km h 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak ing on downhill grades Do not downshift into the 2 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 2 position 2WD 71 MPH 115 km h 4H 62 MPH 100 km h 4LO 31 MPH 50 km h 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or slow driving through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Do not downshift into the 1 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 1 position 2WD 43 MPH 70 km h 4H 43 MPH 70 km h 4LO 31 MPH 50 km h LSDO141 Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift selector lever release the shift lock The
183. f you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equi
184. for each mode No icon is displayed for SEEK mode AWARNING The radio should not be tuned while driv ing so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation SEEK tuning Push the SEEK TRACK tuning button A or for less than 1 5 seconds SEEK tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low frequencies depending on which button is Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 17 pressed and stops at the next broadcasting sta tion If using the A button once the highest broadcasting station is reached the radio contin ues in the SEEK mode at the lowest broadcasting station If using the button once the lowest broadcasting station is reached the radio contin ues in the SEEK mode at the highest broadcast ing station Manual tuning Use the and buttons for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels hold either of the tuning buttons down SCAN tuning Push and hold the SEEK TRACK tuning button A or for more than 1 5 seconds SCAN illuminates in the display window and the radio station blinks SCAN tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low frequen cies depending on which button is pressed SCAN tuning stops at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds When scanning SCAN is solid and the radio station blinks When temporarily stopped on a station SCAN blinks and the sta tion display is solid Pushing the button again during this 5 second period stops SCAN tu
185. fore the warning occurred The dte mark dte will remain blinking until the vehicle is refueled When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to NOTE If the amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the dis play just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may continue to be dis played When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display Average speed MPH or km h The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since last reset Resetting is done by pressing the change button for more than approximately 1 second The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows Average fuel consumption Mpg or 1 1 00km The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pressing the change button for more than approximately 1 second The dis play is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 miles 500 m after a reset the display shows Instruments and controls 2 5 Journey time The journey time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pressing the change button for more than ap proximately 1 second Trip computer reset Pushing the change button for more than 3 sec onds will reset all modes except Trip A and dis tance to empty dte
186. from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pres sure of the spare tire Starting and driving 5 3 The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pres sure for all four tires You can also check the pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen The order of the tire pressure figures dis played on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position See Tire pressure information in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire pressure moni
187. front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on When turning the switch to the posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on Type B A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the O light illuminates Pull the lever back to select the low beam Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Instruments and controls 2 23 Battery saver system If the ignition switch is turned OFF while the headlight switch is in the gt 9 or posi tion the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes After the headlights automatically turn off with the headlight switch in the FPQ or 2 position the headlights will illuminate again for 5 minutes if the headlight switch is moved to the OFF position and then turned to the P4 or 2 position A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running l
188. g procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product Manual Transmission Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral On four wheel drive vehicles place the transfer case in the 2H range Failure to do so will cause the powertrain to bind up After towing 500 miles 805 km start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805 km of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100
189. g traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance In case of emergency 6 3 Qee WCE0044 LCE0115 LCE0117 Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up A WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury 6 4 In case of emergency Getting the spare tire and tools 1 Fold the rear bench seat cushion forward Refer to Folding the 2nd row bench seat in the Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section earlier in this manual 2 Remove the jack and jacking tools 3 Find the oval shaped opening above the middle of the bumper Pass the T shaped end of the jack rod through the opening and direct it toward the spare tire winch located directly above the spare tire A CAUTION Do not insert the jack rod straight as it is designed to be inserted at an angle as shown LCE0118 4 Fit the square end of the jack rod into the square hole of the wheel nut wrench to form a handle 5 Seat the T shaped end of the jack rod into the T shaped opening of the tire winch Ap ply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged in the spare tire winch and turn the jack rod counterclockwise to lower the spare tire 6 Once t
190. ga eee ee 6 4 Tire chains si pr aa a Bg ad 8 38 Tire placard see ee ee ee 8 9 11 Tire pressure 2 nanana ee ee 8 31 Tire rotation si ac a4 doh Rae ad 8 39 Tires of 4 wheel drive 8 41 Types of tires 2 2 ee eee 8 37 Uniform tire quality grading 9 27 Wheels andtires 0 045 8 31 Wheel tire size ee ee 9 8 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Tire pressure monitoring system 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1 30 Towing 2 wheel drive models 6 12 4 wheel drive models 6 13 Flat towing oi e ea ee be ba be ad 9 26 Tow truck towing 0 6 11 Towing load specification 9 21 Trailer towing 0 0005 9 18 Transmission Driving with automatic transmission 5 11 Driving with manual transmission 5 14 Selector lever lock release 5 13 Travel See registering your vehicle in another COUNIY o bed ak RRA AGS Ee AES eS 9 9 Trip COMPUTE ns see es wry ea we ata ae 2 5 Trip odometer e moaie fe ee de eS 2 4 Turn signal switch 2 000 2 25 10 6 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 27 v Vanity MUOF ei sa a ee a aed 3 12 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 8 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 26 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 30 Vehicle identification 00 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 2 2 2
191. ge which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary Starting and driving 5 19 When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag e CXI Use 4H or 4L position only when necessary Four wheel drive operation low ers fuel economy 5 20 Starting and driving csa USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission vehicles stop the ve hicle and shift the transmission se lector to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for
192. ghtness control Instrument panel 2 2 2 ee ee 2 24 Bulb check instrument panel 2 10 Bulb replacement 5 8 28 c Capacities and recommended fUel UbrGANts lt ibe be ee eed ei 9 2 Car phone or CBradio 4 27 Cargoilight osas paang E a aes 2 45 Cargoinets 12 ieee ded priis i 2 38 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 12 CD care and cleaning 4 25 CD changer See audio system 4 23 CD player See audio system 4 19 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 30 Child restraints 1 12 1 13 1 22 1 29 Precautions on child restraints 1 22 1 35 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 31 Child safety rear door lock 3 5 Chimes audible reminders 2 18 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 COCK 2 2 aris ear Sea Se ee eS 4 17 Clutch ClutGh fluid ec snd ba ee ee a Clutch interlock clutch start switch C M V S S certification label Cold weather driving 5 33 Compact disc CD player 4 19 Console box is ar eas Coe S Se eee 2 32 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 26 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 2 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 0004 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Corrosion protection 0
193. gine running for any extended length of time Keep the lift gate and rear windows closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with the lift gate or rear windows open fol low these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton if so equipped to off and the fan control dial to 4 high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the lift gate or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle e The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry
194. go and or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional trailer tow package The trailer tow package in cludes a receiver type frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genuine Nissan ball mounts and hitch balls are available from your NISSAN dealer If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional trailer tow package check the towing capacity of your bumper hitch or receiver type frame mounted hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine Nissan trailer hitch is available from your NISSAN dealer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks AWARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be capable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components Never ex ceed the weight rating of the hitch compo nents Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on m
195. he Instrument and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 LPDO259 Foldable outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Ventilator Sss erra esetbeba atte seeder geet s 4 2 Heater and air conditioner manual 005 4 2 Conds ace etievidieenkastes sender E E 4 3 Heater operation 22 606 cece eee eee eee 4 4 Air conditioner operation ccc cece eee 4 5 Air flow chants c 05 ph 65 ode bane dated dtd 4 6 Servicing air conditioner 0 e eee 4 9 Audio SYStOM i vaccscsawegede ne ecieotine ieee 4 10 RadiOwscettiawcterarecids pdeel ia dedbvactekwss 4 10 FM radio reception 0000 cece eee eee 4 10 AM radio reception 000 0c cece eee eee 4 10 Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautions 000 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player if so equipped 2 cece eee eee FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD CHANGE fies in ccn winesic stew mioaliinrGatva EEE CD care and cleaning 000 00ee Steering wheel switch for audio control if so eguipped ersi li edia anena Antenna eee ne ERE e Car phone or CB radio 0 0 0 eee eee VENTILATORS
196. he spare tire is completely lowered reach under the vehicle remove the retainer chain and carefully slide the tire from under the rear of the vehicle A CAUTION Be sure to center the spare tire suspend ing plate on the wheel and then lift the spare tire Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire A WARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the illustration for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel
197. he straps forward located in the center of each seat cushion to fold the seat cush ions forward 2 Lift up and fold each of the red release handles on the seat base toward the front of the vehicle The will release the seat cushion from the seat base 3 Then lift up on the seat cushion to remove it from the seat base Be sure to store it in a secure place To return the rear seat back to a seating position 1 Push the anchor bars on the bottom of the seat cushions down into the seat base 2 Rotate the seat cushion toward the rear of the vehicle and push down until they are folded flat to secure each seat cushion to the seat base Make sure to hold the seat belts above the seat cushion and prop erly push the seat cushion down into place A WARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Never ride in the rear seat unless the seat bottom cushions are in place and latched Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden sto
198. he vehicle could lead to mechanical damage e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 MEMO 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation sesi rordsis syrin owvreressk 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Recommended SAE viscosity number 9 6 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations eceeee eee eee e eee 9 6 Specifications 2 cirevietsetemoerressoeteateh 9 7 ENGiING so ti seeteiarcdebe rien ya EEEE Ee 9 7 Wheels and tires 0c cece 9 8 Dimensions and weights e eee eae 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY cerren sepesi otedes baneee sae ede 9
199. he vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the key power door lock switch if the door is opened locked and then closed or with the keyfob Keyfob operation Push the button on the keyfob All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in the Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion later in this manual Confirm that the S indicator light comes on TheS light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the ve hicle security syste
200. heels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING e The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these ef fects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Re fer to Wheels and tires in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or syst
201. herefore must not be used in the front seat The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint WRSO159 WRSO160 Front Facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing Front Facing step 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts to emer gency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking
202. hes the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key Starting and driving 5 27 POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate 5 28 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brakes and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed
203. hicle dynamic control light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the SLIP indicator light while you are driving have the vehicle dynamic control system checked by a NISSAN dealer If the battery is removed or discharged the ve hicle dynamic control system is disabled and the VDC indicator light will not turn off after 2 sec onds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position To reset the system you must perform the reset procedure Refer to Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 17 If the light does not go off after performing the reset procedure have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the vehicle dynamic control system is op erating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or ac celerating but this is normal The VDC system will be disabled and the VDC light will illuminate when the electronic locking rear differential E lock system switch if so equipped is turned on and the E lock system is engaged If the E lock system disengages or the switch is turned off the VDC system will be enabled and the VDC light will turn off AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear
204. hicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE WTI0100 ma O EN LT10087 LTI0137 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The label is located as shown AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION Use the following steps to mount the front license LABEL plate The air conditioner specification label is affixed as 1 Make holes on the plastic finisher at the shown location mark small dimple using a 0 37 in 9 5 mm drill Apply light pressure to the drill Insert two plastic grommets provided Install the license plate holder using the two bolts and washers provided 2 Mount the license plate using two M6 14mm bolts License plate bolt tightening torque 3 8 4 7 ft lb 5 10 6 37 N m Technical and consumer information 9 11 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle
205. hild restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint WRS0250 LRS0458 LRSO457 Front Facing step 2 Front Facing step 3 Front Facing step 4 Route the seat belt tongue through the child Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the beltis Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended At this time the seat belt shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt hear and feel the latch engage retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out
206. his manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located near the climate controls The light oper ates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requiremen
207. hten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet WDI0259 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacing w
208. ide routes the seat belt properly over the center of your shoulder and across your chest The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 J anaia 4 LRS0612 owl LRSO242 3 To return the seat belt comfort guide to the stowed position route the comfort guide strap in the channel under the 2nd row driv er s side seating position head restraint and attach the guide in the clip Front and 2nd row outboard seats Shoulder belt height adjustment front and 2nd row outboard seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor 2 to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Re lease the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce th
209. ights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the P4 position Turn the headlight switch to the 2 position for full illumination when driving at night 2 24 Instruments and controls If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others WICO917 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the gt or 2 position Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights when driving at night HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH WICO860 WICO0861 r LIC0394 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To signala lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog light
210. ignition key is turned to OFF The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The lt j indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION e if the vehicle runs out of fuel SERVICE ea the ENGINE malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips SERVICE the ENGINE light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see Mal function indicator light MIL later in this section Instruments and controls 2 7 LICO741 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running When the engine speed is high the engine oil pressure is also high When the engine speed is low the gauge may indicate low oil pressure A CAUTION e This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 8 Instruments and controls e If the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine
211. ild restraint must only be used in the rear seat e NISSAN recommends that the child re straint be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat e An improperly installed child restraint could lead to serious injury or death in an accident In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt In addition this vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system Some child re straints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For details see the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem later in this section Child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes are offered by several manufactur ers When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Ifthe child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the chi
212. ildren should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ARS1045 WRS0256 WRS0431 Do not lean against doors or windows AWARNING e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air AWARNING Bag System never install a rear facing Supplemental side air bag if so equipped child restraint in the front seat An in and curtain side impact and rollover air flating supplemental front air bag could bag if so equipped seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for details e The supplemental side air bag and cur tain side impact and rollover air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 WRS0365 SSS0162 Do not lean against doors or windows Do not lean against doors or windows 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING e The seat belts the supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and up right in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to
213. ime your vehicle is started the transmis sion is automatically reset to overdrive ON ON With the engine running and the shift selector lever in the D Drive position the transmission upshifts into Overdrive as vehicle speed increases Overdrive does not engage until the engine has reached operating temperature OFF For driving up and down long slopes where engine braking is nec essary push the Overdrive switch once The O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel comes on at this time When cruising at a low speed or climbing a gentle slope you may feel uncomfortable shift shocks as the transmission shifts into and out of Overdrive repeatedly In this case depress the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive off The O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel comes on at this time When driving conditions change depress the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive on Remember not to drive at high speeds for ex tended periods of time with the Overdrive off This reduces fuel economy MANUAL TRANSMISSION AWARNING Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage A CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage St
214. indicator light Blue al O D OFF SZA 4LO ES voc OFF Hill descent control HDC system on indica tor light if so equipped eater Malfunction indicator light MIL SOON Overdrive off indicator light automatic trans mission models only Security indicator light if so equipped Slip indicator light for models with ABLS if so equipped Slip indicator light for models with VDC if so equipped Transfer 4LO position indicator light EEZJ model Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light Instruments and controls 2 9 CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and turn the ignition key to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on 3 erae or Q SE OA aw The following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS o amp SLIP pao x oR If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS ABS 1 If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the anti lock braking system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Anti lock braking warning light If a malfunction occurs in the system the anti lock function is turned off but the regular braking system continues to operat
215. ine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level The engine coolant reservoir is a pressur ized tank When installing the cap tighten it until a clicking sound is heard Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT ANISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE OIL LDI0437 LDIO371 CH
216. ing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion e When working on or near a battery al ways wear Suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry e Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling e Keep battery out of the reach of children Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 WDI0224 1 Remove the battery caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself LDIO302 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM LDI0454 A CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery
217. ing passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening Instruments and controls 2 43 INTERIOR LIGHTS WIC0263 LICO792 WIC0879 MANUAL WINDOWS The side windows can be opened or closed by turning the hand crank on each door 2 44 Instruments and controls Type A The interior lights have a three position switch and operate regardless of ignition switch posi tion When the switch is in the ON position the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after about 30 minutes unless the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position Type B When the switch is in the O position the interior lights will stay on for ab
218. into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play A CAUTION Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player CD button When the CD button is pushed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the compact disc starts to play Track up down FF REV rewind buttons Track up down When the A button is pushed and released while the compact disc is playing the selection following the present one starts to play from the beginning Push the A button several times to skip several selections Each time the button is pushed the CD advances 1 additional selection The number appears in the display window When the last selection on the compact disc is skipped the first selection is played When the button is pushed and released the selection being played returns to the beginning Push the button several times to skip back several selections Each time the button is pushed the CD moves back 1 selection If the play pattern is in MIX mode when the A or button is pushed the next selection will be chosen at random FF Fast Forward REV Reverse When the A or button is pushed and held while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast for warding or rewinding When the button is re eased the compact disc r
219. ion models stop the ve hicle and shift the transmission se lector lever to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission models stop the vehicle and shift the transmission shift lever to the N position with the clutch pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD e If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty Low tire pressure warning i D light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is turned ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres sure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates you should stop and adjust the tire pres sure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on th
220. ir bag and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bags and curtain air bag or pre tensioner seat belt systems may not operate properly It must be checked and re paired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not oper ate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain air bags and pre tensioner seat belts are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the supplemental front air bags supple mental side air bags curtain air bags pre tensioner seat belts a
221. ir bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the supplemental side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain side impact and rollover air bag will remain inflated for a short time The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START positions After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag infl
222. is open replace it with a new fuse 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only genuine NISSAN parts Oy 0 B TI Tz NM eA WC n W LDI0445 WDI0452 LDI0456 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Type A Type B 4 Ifthe fuse is open replace it with a known A CAUTION good fuse Never use a fuse of a higher or lower 5 Push the fuse box cover to install amperage rating than specified on the 6 If anew fuse also opens have the electrical fuse box cover This could damage the system checked and repaired by a NISSAN electrical system or cause a fire dealer If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT LDI0484 Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows Open the lid using a coin Remove the battery Install a new battery with the facing down 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent Close the lid securely 5 Press the button then th
223. isengaged for any reason To turn off the HDC system push the switch to the OFF position For additional information see Hill descent con trol HDC system on indicator light earlier in this section and Hill descent control HDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 27 ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL E Lock SYSTEM SWITCH if so equipped LICO729 The Electronic Locking Rear Differential E Lock system can help provide added traction if the vehicle is stuck or becoming stuck To activate the E Lock system the 4WD switch must be in the 4LO position 4 wheel drive vehicles the vehicle must be stopped or moving at 4 mph 7 km h or less and the E Lock system switch must be turned ON 2 28 Instruments and controls When the E Lock switch is turned ON the indi cator light will flash until the system engages However if all operation conditions listed above are not met or the system becomes disengaged the indicator light will continue to flash The Anti Lock Brake ABS system is disabled and the ABS light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Also the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is disabled and the VDC light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON See Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system in the Starting and Driving section for further explanation and system limitations
224. itch to 4LO or 4H with the brake pedal depressed For manual transmission vehicles Depress and turn the 4WD switch to 4LO or 4H with the clutch pedal depressed THE TRANSFER CASE DOES NOT ENGAGE BETWEEN 4H AND 4LO OR 4 wheels For use when maximum power and traction is re 4LO TO 4H UNLESS YOU HAVE FIRST STOPPED THE VEHICLE DE quired for example on steep grades or rocky sandy PRESSED THE BRAKE PEDAL AND MOVED THE TRANSMISSION SE Illuminated muddy roads LECTOR TO NEUTRAL FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION VEHICLES FOR MANUAL TRANSMISSION VEHICLES YOU MUST MOVE THE TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER TO NEUTRAL 3 1 Before moving the transmission selector or shift lever from neutral wait until the 4LO indicator light stays on steady This indicates that the 4WD shift procedure is completed and the transfer gear is correctly set in the 4LO position If the vehicle is shifted into gear before the indicator is on steady the transfer gear may grind not engage correctly or stay in the neutral position If the 4WD warning light illuminates perform the following procedure to return the transfer case to correct operating condition 1 Turn off the engine by turning the ignition switch OFF 2 Start the engine Check that the 4WD warning light turns off If the 4WD warning light illuminates have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 3 Apply the parking brake for automatic transmission vehicles depress the brake pedal and move the transmission
225. ith water as soon as possible ACAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Appearance and care 7 5 e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 7 6 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 00 cece eee eee 8 2 General maintenance 0 eee eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS 0c cece eee eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 00 c cece eee eee 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Changing engine coolant 085 8 8 Engine Oil 2cccse testes eae edeoniededeenes eae 8 8 Checking engine oil level 0 00 8 8 Changing engine oil 2 eee eee eee 8 9 Changing engine oil filter
226. ithout hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system 9D Overdrive off indicator light automatic transmission models only This light comes on when the overdrive function is OFF The automatic transmission overdrive function is controlled by the overdrive switch See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual as This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational Security indicator light For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section Slip indicator light for models with ABLS if so equipped This indicator light comes on if the active brake limited slip is activated If activated the system will apply braking to the slipping drive wheel s giving the non slipping wheel s more traction Slip indicator light for models with VDC if so equipped This indicator light will blink when the traction control system is limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if the slip indicator blinks on If this happens adjust your driving accordingly The slip indicator light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 second
227. itute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road Starting and driving 5 31 HILL DESCENT CONTROL HDC SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Never rely solely on the hill descent control system to control vehicle speed when driving on steep down hill grades Always drive carefully and attentively when using the hill descent control sys tem and decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal if neces sary Be especially careful when driving on frozen muddy or an extremely steep downhill roads Failure to control ve hicle speed may result in a loss of con trol of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death e The hill descent control may not control the vehicle speed on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to control vehicle speed Failure to do so may re sult in a collision or serious personal injury The hill descent control system helps maintain vehicle speed when driving under 15 21 mph 25 35 km h on steeper downhill grades HDC is useful when engine braking alone in 4H or 4L cannot control vehicle speed HDC applies the vehicle brakes to control vehicle speed allowing 5 32 Starting and driving the driver to concentrate on steering while reduc ing the burden of brake and accelerator opera tion When additional braking is required on steep downhill roads activate the HDC sys tem by pushing the switch ON see Hill descent control
228. k Add engine oil if necessary 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0502 CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Unscrew the plate covering the oil filter ex posing the filter Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 6 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the en gine Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary 5 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing AWARNING e Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automati
229. late the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is mounted to the bumper Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights ACAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical sys tem See a reputable trailer dealer to ob tain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer deal
230. ld restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated AWARNING Improper use of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child re straint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being in jured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible e After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child r
231. ld the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before attempting to move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector lever into a driving gear Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed iran cpa El LSD0151 To move the selector lever Push the button while depressing the brake pedal gt Push the button to shift gt _ Shift without depressing brake pedal Shifting After starting the engine fully depress
232. le should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found later in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal and booster Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure it has the proper distance under it when
233. lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out LSDO150 To engage Pull the lever up To release 1 2 Firmly apply the foot brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion Automatic transmission models Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower com pletely CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped ACCEL RES 1 to COAST SET ON OFF my CANCEL WSD0153 w N gt 4 ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch ON OFF switch CANCEL switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL Ifthe cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver If the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Starting and driving 5 17 The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch located
234. lemental side impact air bag system if so equipped This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact colli sions The supplemental side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is im pacted Supplemental curtain side impact and roll over air bag system if so equipped This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions In a side impact the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover both curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable dis tance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Safety S
235. lly engaged The indicator light flashes when the system is first turned on When the system fully engages the light remains on If the switch is on and the indicator light continues to flash the system is not engaged For additional information see Electronic lock ing rear differential E Lock system switch later in this section and Electronic locking rear differ ential E Lock system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual Gr AWD shift indicator light i ege model The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other OFF Qg Front passenger air bag 2 status light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual High beam indicator light ES Blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on whe
236. lock turn the key toward the rear Power if so equipped The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 LPD0320 BE cS g LPDO183 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position 1 then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments Door lock switch LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock an
237. ls such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for automatic transmission models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmis sion models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident 1 Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in 1st gear Automatic transmission models Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touc
238. m automatically shifts into the armed phase The cae light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition key is turned to ACC or ON the system will not arm If the key is turned slowly when locking the driver s door the system may not arm Furthermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed when the key is removed If the indicator light fails to glow for 30 seconds unlock the door once and lock it again e Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors closed and locked with the ignition key in the OFF posi tion Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door with the key or by pressing the button on the keyfob The alarm is activated by opening a door without using the key or keyfob even if the door is unlocked by using the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door with the ke
239. m re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition Starting and driving 5 5 DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep wa ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road ve hicle Remember that two wheel drive models are less capable than four wheel drive models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow or mud or the like Please observe the following precautions AWARNING e Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas
240. manual trans mission vehicles stop the vehicle and shift the transmission shift lever to the N position with the clutch pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD e If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible TRANSFER CASE SHIFTING PROCEDURES The part time 4WD system provides 3 positions 2WD 4H and 4LO so you can select the desired drive mode according to the driving con ditions 2WD or 4WD shift procedure 4WD Indicator indicator Light Shift Wheels ve F Switch Driven 4WD shift Transfer 4LO Use Conditions gy Doni Procedure Position position Move the 4WD switch Rear For driving on dry paved roads Economy drive or 2WD lt gt 4H wheels state dynamometer I M testing AWD shift indicator light will indicate transfer shift position engaged For driving on rocky sandy or snow covered roads Neutral Neutral disengages the automatic transmission me 1 Stop the vehicle chanical parking lock which will allow the vehicle to 2 For automatic transmission vehicles Shift the transmission selector to roll Do not leave the transfer shift position in Neu the N position with the brake pedal depressed tral 2 For manual transmission vehicles Shift the transmission shift lever to the May blink N position with the clutch depressed For automatic transmission vehicles Depress and turn the 4WD shift sw
241. n Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel if the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION e Do not ground electrical accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Refer to Variable voltage control system in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section later in this manual e Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition key is in the ON position Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil
242. n If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 miles 40 48 km with monaural single chan nel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometime
243. n a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly lt Low windshield washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual fi Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition key is turned to the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened Instruments and controls 2 13 The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fasten
244. n genuine parts of ten show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authoriz ing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help pro tect you so you can take action to protect your self It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com Technical and consumer information 9 31 MEMO 9 32 Technical and consumer information 10 Index 4WD warning light 0 2 12 A Active brake limited slip ABLS system if so equipped 00040 5 30 Active head restraint 0 1 5 Air bag See supplemental restraint SYSIEM La saka a eee RAE RE B S 1 39 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system 1 46 Air bag warning labels 1 54 Air bag warning light 1 54 2 14 Air cleaner housing filter 8 17 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 5 Air conditioner service 4 9 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 6 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 2 Servicing air conditioner 4 9 Air flowcharts 02 2 20 408 une
245. n the passing signal is activated Be Hill descent control HDC system on indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is turned ON this light comes on briefly and then turns off The light comes on when the hill descent control system is activated If the HDC switch is on and the indicator light blinks the system is not engaged If the indicator light does not come on or blink when the hill descent switch is on the system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Hill descent con trol HDC switch later in this section and Hill descent control HDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual SERVICE ENGINE Malfunction indicator light SOON MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the 84F light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine i
246. nd always drive carefully VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM if so equipped When accelerating or driving on slippery sur faces the tires may spin or slide With the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system sensors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle stability When the vehicle dynamic control VDC system is operating the SLIP indicator in the instrument panel blinks Ifthe 4WD transfer case is shifted into 4LO the GFE indicator light will come on and the VDC system will be turned off See Transfer case shifting procedures earlier in this section e lf the SLIP indicator blinks the road condi tions are slippery Be sure to adjust your speed and driving to these conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle dynamic control VDC off indicator light in the In struments and controls section If the battery is removed or discharged the trac tion control system may be disabled and the SLIP and re indicator lights will not turn off after 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Perform the following proce dure to reset the system Start the engine and set the steering wheel in the straight forward position Drive the vehicle at speeds above 10 mph 15 km h for at least 10 minutes The VDC OFF indicator light should go off indicating the traction control system is op erational
247. nd related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be re placed Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired The supplemental front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and the pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag pre tensioner seat belt system or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct supplemental air bag and pre tensioner seat belt sys tem disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel serci seeves saspe nae gitet ened 2 2 Meters and gaugeS 2 c cece eee eee eae 2 3 Speedometer and odometer
248. ne without depressing the clutch pedal This feature helps you restart the engine if it stops under difficult conditions For example the engine stops on a steep hill and a slight movement forward or backward might be dangerous To use the clutch interlock switch 1 Set the parking brake 2 Depress the brake pedal with your right foot 3 Place the gear shift lever in the 1 position to move forward or R to move backward 4 Place your left foot on the brake pedal and release the parking brake 5 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 6 Press and release the clutch interlock switch The CANCEL light on the switch will illuminate 7 Turn the ignition to the START position to start the engine and at the same time de press the accelerator pedal with your right foot As the vehicle begins to move take your left foot off the brake Once the engine has started the clutch interlock switch CANCEL light shuts off Do not use the interlock switch to start the engine under normal driving conditions POWER OUTLET LICO880 Front row The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones The bottom power outlet located on instrument panel and the power outlet located in the cargo area are powered directly by the vehicle s battery The top power outlet located on the instrument panel and the power outlet located inside the center console are powered only when the ig
249. never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 X 150 650 Ibs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg Technical and consumer information 9 13 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label 9 14 Technical and consumer information free
250. nflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Do not load your ve hicle beyond this capacity Over loading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operat ing conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable han dling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified ca pacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire fail ure loss of control and possible injury For additional information re garding tires refer to Important 2 a The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Si AING DAPAG Y NOMBRE DI VIAGI S TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT A L DJ PR ICRIG NE PRESIO JE GOh _AGE DES FYEJS FRO DS maa Of p
251. ng light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag if so equipped curtain side impact and rollover air bag systems if so equipped and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS i Automatic transmission position indicator light When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion this indicator light shows the automatic transmission selector lever position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped CRUISE The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational The light comes on while the vehicle speed is con trolled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer DIFF LOCK Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system on indicator light if so equipped This light comes on when the electronic locking rear differential E Lock system clutch is fu
252. ng wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer Do not ground electrical accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage con trol system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Refer to Vari able voltage control system in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion later in this manual Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 27 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0 55 5 2 Three way Catalyst osieccesseni aeons taetek iad 5 2 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 5 3 On pavement and off road driving PIOCAULIONS siti rosten nek eae iwasnaeearntine S eee 5 5 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5 5 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 5 Driving safety precautions 0 0 eae 5 6 lOM oS Wite Di ditt Bettis e N AE 5 7 Automatic transmission 00 0 e cece eee 5 7 Manual transmission s nuns 00 ccc eee eee 5 8 Key POSILONS wie scseee de cde tecivantieawes enews 5 9 Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System if so equipped isc iorri imeneet innean 5 9 Before starting the engine cece eee 5 9 Starting
253. ngine oil and oil filter recommendation in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TIRE COLD PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Follow these recommendations for the future re liability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life QUICK REFERENCE ahon SS Y WGS0026 D O eW SOON Battery 8 13 Power steering fluid 8 11 Engine coolant 8 7 Window washer fluid 8 12 Automatic transmission fluid 8 11 Heater and air conditioner 4 2 Audio system 4 10 Passenger supplemental air bag 1 39 Spare tire 6 2 Rear door lock 3 5 Fuel filler cap 3 10 Fuel recommenda tions 9 3 Seat belts 1 10 Door locks 3 3 Driver supplemental air bag 1 39 Hood release 3 8 Meters and gauges 2 3 Clutch fluid 8 11 Brake fluid 8 11 Engine oil 8 8
254. ngine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AWARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive 3 2 or 1 Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not ho
255. ni tion key is in the ACC or ON position Open the cap to use a power outlet Instruments and controls 2 29 LICO761 LFKL l ASL SEAT 3522333520191107 ER m4 LLLI SIRES ERII IISI R PSSE TES LICO862 Center console A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information e Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory 2 30 Instruments and controls Luggage area Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF e Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open e When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet STORAGE A E a
256. ning and the radio remains tuned to that station SELECT SCAN a Ba tr tel MEMORIZE CONFIRM a SCAN 88 16M fc PUSH and HOLD button for longer than 1 5 seconds Channel indicator will come on and the sound resumes when memorizing is complete LHA0119 Station memory operations Each preset mode A B or C has 6 presets capable of storing any combination of AM and FM stations 4 18 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Press the PRESET ABC button to change be tween the presets A gt B C The radio displays icon A B or C to indicate which set of presets is active To store a radio station in a preset 1 Select the desired preset by pressing PRE SET ABC 2 Tune to the desired station 3 Press the desired station select button for more than 3 seconds For example in the illustrations ch2 is to be memorized The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 When the indicator illuminates in the display and the sound resumes memorizing is com plete 5 Other station select buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the radio fuse opens the radio memory is canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is auto matically pulled
257. nt and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed onascale including passengers cargo and hitch 5 260 Ib 2386 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 5 400 lb 2449 kg Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 9 658 Ib 4380 kg Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow ing Load Specification chart 5 000 lb 2268 kg 5 400 Ib 2449 kg 5 260 Ib 2386 kg 140 Ib 63 kg GVWR GVW Available for tongue weight 9 658 Ib 4380 kg GCWR 5 260 lb 2386 kg GVW 4 398 Ib 1994 kg Capacity available for towing 140 Ib 63 kg Available tongue weight 4 398 lb 1994 kg Available capacity 3 tongue weight In this case the available towing capacity is 602 lb 273 kg less than the maximum towing ca pa
258. nt or sudden stop LRS0577 Folding the 2nd row bench seat To fold the 2nd row bench seat flat for maximum cargo hauling Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Disconnect and secure the center seat belt and tongues into the retractor base See Stowing the center seat belt later in this section Then properly stow the outboard seat belts in the seat belt hooks before fold ing down the rear seats See Seat belt hook in this section for more information Lower the head restraints to the full down position Pull the strap forward located in the center of each seat cushion and fold each seat cushion toward the front of the vehicle LRS0578 LRS0579 Then pull the straps located on the outside This provides a level cargo floor edge of each seatback to fold the seatbacks forward 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO580 LRS0585 To return the bench seats to a seating posi tion reverse this process Raise the seat backs to an upright position Make sure to hold the seat belts above the seat cushion then push the seat cush ion down into place Removing the 2nd row bench seat cushions The rear seat cushion can be removed to provide additional space when folding the 2nd row seat backs flat To remove the 2nd row bench seat cushions 1 Pull t
259. ntrol dial is turned to a position other than the SY position This dehumidifies the_air which helps defog the windshield The SD mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance button The indicator light 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows closed while the air con ditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly e The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication e If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting For additional information on heating and cooling see Heater and air con ditioner in this section The air recirculation lt gt button should always be in the OFF position for heating and defrosting 4 6 Heater air conditioner and audio
260. number indicated in paren theses for operating details WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Indicator Name light Anti lock brake Automatic transmis warning light sion position indica tor light CRUISE Cruise main switch Automatic transmis indicator light if so sion oil temperature equipped warning light if so equipped SET Cruise set switch indicator light if so Automatic transmis equipped sion park warning light EA T Low windshield DIFF Electronic locking a washer fluid warning LOCK rear differential E light Lock system on indicator light if so equipped Brake warning light 3 AWD shift indicator Supplemental air ee light Ey Charge warning 2 11 bag warning light sa light Front passenger air 2 15 a open warning A bag status light ig Illustrated table of contents 0 9 Indicator light O D OFF SLIP 0 10 Name High beam indicator 2 15 light Blue Hill Descent Control HDC system on indicator light if so equipped SERVICE Malfunction indica 2 15 SOON tor lamp MIL Overdrive off indica tor light automatic transmission only Security indicator light if so equipped Slip indicator light for models with ABLS if so equipped Illustrated table of contents SLIP c FF VD Slip indicator light for models with VDC
261. nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground In case of emergency 6 5 LCEO119 LCE0087 2 6 6 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point The front tire jack up points are indicated by stamped arrows on the side of the frame In case of emergency The jack should be used on firm and level ground 3 Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown 4 To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground 5 Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire WCE0063 Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the ve hicle c
262. o prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system e Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper Operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor pressure sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system
263. of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled WRS0252 LRSO590 Front Facing step 5 Rear facing center step 1 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0584 WRS0480 WRS0481 Rear facing outboard step 1 Rear facing When you install a child restraint on the 2nd row bench seat follow these steps Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the restraint manufacturer s in structions Rear Facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the bu
264. of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point seat belt with retractor earlier in this section 7 When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the driver and passenger supplemental front air bags NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System supplemental side air bags curtain side impact and rollover air bags and pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN advanced air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supp
265. oids combin d occupants ot de cargaison ne devrait jamais cxc dor XX kg ou XX lbs ORIGINAL IRE SIZE COLD IRE INFLATION PRESSURE Y SE C S bas ON P XXX XX RXX IKUNI 9 ONA ANANT XXX kPa XX PSI A jiis ore P XXX XX R XX pa XXX kPa XX PSI f PER COMPAGI SPARF TIRE a MANUF D a COND CITR COLD HRI INI LATION PRI SSURI OX ROLE COMAC J 5 0045 FESS OY JE COAG D S PELS ROIS T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI Type A Tire Safety Information US or Tire and loading information label if so Cold tire inflation pressure Inflate the ue d ay w Torman equipped tires to this pressure when the tires ana a in the Warranty Infor are cold Tires are considered COLD mation Booklet Seating capacity The maximum num 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and con sumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicles GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later
266. ollow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point seat belt with retractor earlier in this section LRS0454 BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT AWARNING NISSAN recommends that child restraints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat move the passenger s seat to the rearmost position If you must install a booster seat in the front seat follow these steps 1 Move the seat to the rear most position 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If neces sary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion
267. ompletely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident e Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose e Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval In case of emergency 6 7 Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop e The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 6 8 Incase of
268. on the steering wheel To properly set the cruise control system use the following pro cedures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident 5 18 Starting and driving A CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off imme diately Failure to do so may cause engine damage CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the main switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed
269. ons please contact the NISSAN Con For U S customers Your name address and telephone number Nissan North America Inc sumer Affairs Department using our toll free Vehicle identification number attached to the Consumer Affairs Department number top of the instrument panel on the driver s P O Box 191 side Gardena California 90248 0191 For U S customers g 1 800 NISSAN 1 Date of purchase gh erie ep dee issan Canada Inc 1 800 647 7261 Current odometer reading 5290 Orbitor Drive For Canadian customers Your NISSAN dealer s name Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 1 800 387 0122 Your comments or questions OR We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Heater air conditioner and audio systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Airbags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 EXIGnOrtOntis cincivan aniseed aved ia hile Bh epee dae 0 3 Exterior Teatteri siene NEE REN an EE EREN 0 4 Passenger compartment ccc e eee eee eee 0 5 Instrument panel Engine compartment check locations Warning indicator lights
270. op your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied LSD0148 Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th 5th and 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed To back up depress the shift lever and then move it to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 First shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 First If your vehicle is equipped with 4 wheel drive see Transfer case shifting procedures later in this section Suggested upshift speeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions the
271. ost trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Technical and consumer information 9 21 Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver 9 22 Technical and consumer information Weight distribution hitch This type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many ve hicles can t carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue weight transferred through
272. ou have any questions about whether your passenger air bag is working as designed your NISSAN dealer can confirm that it is working properly by using a special tool The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light 8 located in the meter and gauges area in the center of the instrument panel will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 Other supplemental front air bag precau tions AWARNING Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the supplemen tal front air bag inflates Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is t
273. ound your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped An engine block heater to assist in extreme cold temperature starting is available through a NISSAN dealer AWARNING Do not use your heater with an un grounded electrical system or two pronged cheater adapters You can be injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Starting and driving 5 35 MEMO 5 36 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Firstiaid kib sess sieee etadeed anata ee O EEN teed 6 2 Flat tne pas ote dinate Racy ean weaned aati oe eae EEN 6 2 Tire pressure monitoring system 000 6 2 Changing a flat tire 0 eee 6 3 JUMP starting sok wire decor atten reri adhe dt ek eo aaa 6 8 PUSH StantiNG iscsi Vachon sunon eree earn ean 6 10 If your vehicle overheatsS 600 cece eee eee 6 10 Towing your Vehicles ssrecressesiiarisriossrs sss 6 11 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 12 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 14 FIRST AID KIT LCEO114 A first aid kit is located on the back door trim panel To remove the first aid kit Squeeze the latch buttons Pull the two straps apart to unfasten 6 2 Incase of emergency FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM This vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tire
274. out 30 seconds when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is turned ON The lights will turn off automatically after 30 min utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged When the switch is in the OFF position the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery MAP LIGHTS CARGO LIGHT LICO790 OFF o ON LICO590 To turn the map lights on press the switches To turn them off press the switches again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery The cargo light on the overhead trim has a three position switch To operate push the switch to the desired position ON The light is illuminated Normal center position The light illuminates when the lift
275. owing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quenily For additional information see the Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home ACAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For emergency towin
276. p or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured If they are not com pletely secured in the latched position Passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop e If the seat cushions are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to Passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident SEAT BELTS Ufo C Sit upright and well back hs i cm SS0136 PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Sit upright and weil back SS0134 SS0016 AWARNING AWARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this e The seat belt should be properly a
277. passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to the windows is canceled 2 42 Instruments and controls XN IX SY Xx A WIC0872 Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger s side window switch Right rear passenger s window switch Left rear passenger s window switch Driver s side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch OaRoON gt The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch WIC0873 WIC0874 tf QW LICO410 Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the correspond
278. pen ing while driving e Do not drive with the lift gate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle be fore closing the lift gate FUEL FILLER DOOR LPDO322 m LPD0303 The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors including the lift gate simulta neously To open the lift gate pull up on the handle To close lower and push the lift gate down se curely OPENING THE FUEL FILLER LID Push the lid to open Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 LPD0323 FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal inju
279. place the ve hicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated ACAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels dollies Move the 4WD shift switch to the 2H position e Turn the ignition key to the OFF po sition and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ig nition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism In case of emergency 6 13 If you have to tow manual transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dol lies or four wheels on the ground Move the 4WD shift switch to the 2H position e Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position Always release the parking brake e Observe the following restricted tow ing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only Speed Below 60 MPH 97 km h Distance Less than 500 miles 805 km If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission 6 14 Incase of emergency f E GASO ef cae Sara eed
280. place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previ ous illustrations WRS0363 SSS0159 AWARNING When sitting in the 2nd row rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially care ful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 _ ey Sie RES por 2 LRS0593 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 SRS curtain side impact and rollover air bag modules if so equipped SRS curtain side impact and rollover air bags if so equipped Diagnosis sensor unit Supplemental front air bag modules Crash zone sensor Occupant classification system control unit 7 Occupant classification sensor pres sure sensor 8 Satellite sensors 9 Seat belt buckle switches 10 Pre tensioner retractor 11 Supplemental side air bag modules
281. pped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufac turer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully load ing your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress Use only the 2WD range when driving on clear paved roads WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section in this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Retig
282. pplemental air bag warning labels 1 54 Supplemental air bag warning light Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 46 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 54 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM anioia ph Gee oe Be Se E A 1 39 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 39 Switch Automatic power window switch 2 43 Clutch interlock clutch start switch 2 29 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock System switchis s eae eee Se See 2 28 Fog light switch 00 2 25 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 23 Headlight control switch 2 23 Hill descent control HDC switch 2 27 Ignition SWitch 24 seare a awed 5 7 Overdrive switch 0 5 14 Power door lock switch 3 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWITCH s oi dea ee RE Ee eS 2 22 Rear window wiper and washer SWITCHES a ina Ste eS oe 2 22 Turn signal switch 00 2 25 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWITCH ig a stk bik pee ee ce Rone 2 26 T Tachometer 2 0 e eee eee 2 6 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 20 3 2 5 9 Three way catalyst 2 ee 5 2 Tilting steering wheel 3 11 Tire lattes ste oO he abe Se ee ae area 6 2 Spare tire 222s
283. procedures above Tire chains may be effective A CAUTION Do not spin the tires excessively Tires will sink deep into the mud making it difficult to free the vehicle Avoid shifting gears with the engine running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction LSD0145 AWD shift switch operations Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the 2WD 4H or 4LO position depending on driving conditions If the 4WD shift switch is operated while making a turn accelerating or decelerating or if the key switch is turned off while in the 4H or 4LO posi tion you may feel a jolt This is not abnormal When the vehicle is stopped after mak ing a turn you may feel a slight jolt after the selector lever is shifted to N or P This occurs because the transfer clutch is released and not because of a malfunction A CAUTION e When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing e Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 or manual transmission 1st gear or 2nd gear for engine braking e Do not operate the 4WD shift switch with the rear wheels spinning e Before placing the 4WD shift switch in the 4H position from 2WD ensure the vehicle speed is less than 62 5 MPH 100 km h Failure to do so can dam age the 4WD system
284. r ing a collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 LRSO587 LRSO586 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seat back is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended pro cedures 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated AWARNING
285. r further details see Air conditioner specification label 8 For further details see Changing engine oil 9 For hot climates viscosity SAI 10 See your NISSAN dealer for service 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0 C 32 F 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEFC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts
286. r the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system when the key switch is ON the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD shift indicator light goes out A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Change the 4WD shift switch into 2WD and do not drive fast A CAUTION e If the warning light comes on or blinks slowly during operation have your ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e Shifting between 4H and 4LO is not recommended when the 4WD warning light turns on When the warning light comes on the 2WD mode may be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is in 4H Be especially careful when driving If corresponding parts are malfunctioning the 4WD mode will not be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is shifted e Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission vehicles stop the ve hicle and shift the transmission se lector to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the AWD shif
287. raints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle This system is known as the LATCH system This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compat ible child restraints Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer If you have such a child restraint refer to the illustration for the seating positions equipped with LATCH system anchors which can be used to secure the child restraint LATCH child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation in structions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint When you install a LATCH system compatible child restraint to the lower anchor attachments follow these steps AWARNING Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstruc
288. registering your vehicle in another Country se ek ee ea 9 9 Window washer fluid 8 12 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 43 Manual windows 2 44 Power rear windows 2 43 Power windows 0005 2 42 Rear power windows 2 43 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 21 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer sWitcheS 5 sca ee Re Ee 2 22 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 21 Wiper blades 000 8 19 MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 ACAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL e API Certification Mark e API grade SL Energy Conserving e ILSAC grade GF III 5W 30 Viscosity preferred See E
289. ren should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself e NISSAN recommends that the booster seat be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat e A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious in jury in sudden stop or collision e An improperly installed booster seat could lead to serious injury or death in an accident LRS0455 AWARNING e Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be used with a lap shoulder belt Booster seats are de signed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body to provide the maximum protection du
290. rns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 CD Compact Disc with MP3 Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear 4 12 Heater air conditioner and audio systems e Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second ID3 tag The ID3 tag is the part of the encoded MP3 file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display WHA0543 Playback order chart Playback order Playback order of the CD with compressed files MP3 is as illustra
291. rom the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interface and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired op eration of the device ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passen ger cars to make them capable of performing in a variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to per form satisfactorily under off road conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover In a rollover crash an unbelted person is signifi
292. rosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Technical and consumer information 9 25 Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes 2 When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area 3 Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described earlier in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Down shift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes To maintain engine braking efficiency and electrical charging performance do not use overdrive 9 26 Technical and consumer information Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually Do not use cruise control while t
293. rther tighten the child restraint If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0438 LRS0589 LATCH system anchor point locations LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM The LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren anchor points are located in the seat cushions of the rear outboard seating positions only Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using LATCH anchors The LATCH system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH system anchors LATCH anchor point labels AWARNING e Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident e Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH system anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly e The LATCH system anchors are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Some child rest
294. rtion low and snug on the hips as shown Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have a locking mechanism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When automatic locking mechanism is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted Once retracted the seat belt is in the emergency locking mode See Child re straints later in this section for more information The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension It can also change the operation of the front passen ger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 WRS0139 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt
295. ry ACAUTION When the hill descent control system op erates continuously for a long time the temperature of the brake pads may in crease and the hill descent control system may be temporarily disabled the indicator light will blink If the indicator light does not come on continuously after blinking stop using the system The hill descent control system is designed to reduce driver workload when going down steep hills The HDC system helps to control vehicle speed so the driver can concentrate on steering the vehicle To activate the HDC system the automatic transmission selector lever must be in forward or reverse gear the 4WD switch must be in the 4L position and the vehicle speed must be under 15 mph 25 km h or the 4WD switch must be in the 4H position and the vehicle speed must be under 21 mph 35 km h and the HDC system switch must be ON The HDC indicator light will come on when the system is activated Also the stop tail lights illu minate while the HDC system applies the brakes to control vehicle speed If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the HDC system is on the system will stop operating temporarily As soon as the accelerator or brake pedal is released the HDC system begins to function again if the HDC operating conditions are fulfilled The HDC indicator light blinks if the switch is on and all conditions for system activation are not met or if the system becomes d
296. ry Then remove the cap Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle e Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid ACAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage e Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap SERVICE properly may cause the ENGINE mal function indicator light MIL to illumi nate If the ENGINE light illuminates be cause the fuel filler
297. s soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle f Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle A WARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the auto matic transmission into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncomin
298. s except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will acti vate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section Tire pressure information in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems sec tion and Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Starting and driving section AWARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire a
299. s if the system is operational If the light does not come on or does not go off have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer If the battery is removed or discharged the trac tion control system is disabled and the slip indi cator light will not turn off after 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position To reset the system you must perform the reset procedure Refer to Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual If the light does not go off after performing the reset procedure have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer Transfer 4LO position indicator light gs73 model 4LO The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON This light comes on when the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position with the ignition key in the ON position The transfer case may be damaged if you shift the switch while driving Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other The 4LO indicator light must stop blinking and remain illuminated or turn off before shifting the transmission into gear If the transmission selec tor lever is shifted from the N position to any other gear when the 4LO indicator light is blinking the vehicle may move unexpec
300. s interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response 4 10 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can
301. s not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys tem inspection maintenance test See Readi ness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has Instruments and controls 2 15 been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The sa light should turn off after a few driving trips If the eae light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction indicator light blinking An en gine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer 2 16 Instruments and controls A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation w
302. s on turn the headlight switch to the 2 position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash AWARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Instruments and controls 2 25 e Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flashers will operate with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving 2 26 Instruments and controls HORN VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH LICOQ604 VDC OFF WIC0534 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury
303. s or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Wheel alignment and balance If the vehic
304. satisfactory engine life and performance See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change The chart Rec ommended SAE viscosity number shows the recommended oil viscosities for the expected ambient temperatures Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause seri ous engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re
305. sc will be ejected If the disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload All discs Press and hold the amp button for more than 1 5 seconds The compact discs will be ejected one by one If a disc is not removed within 15 seconds or the amp button is pressed again during the eject sequence the entire disc eject sequence will be can celed When this button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played CD IN indicator The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate if CDs have been loaded into the changer in CD mode only LHA0049 CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion e Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 25 VOL a T E MODE POWER E LHA0269 Volume control switch MODE select switch POWER on off switch 4 Tuning switch STEERING WHEEL S
306. se seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRSO174 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section LRS0594 LRSO595 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor Position the lap belt po
307. se the same number and wattage as originally installed Wattage 65 55Bulb No HB5 9007 Always check with the Parts Depart ment at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information e Do not leave the bulb out of the head light reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the per formance of the headlight e Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer WDI0294 Removing the headlight bulb 1 Open the hood 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear end of the bulb Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 4 Turn the bulb retaining ring counterclocke EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS wise until it is free form the headlight reflec tor and then remove it 5 Carefully remove the headlight bulb Do not Headlight 9007 HB5 shake or rotate the bulb when removing it Turn signal light Parking light 3457AK Side marker 194 Replacing the headlight bulb Rear combination light 1 Insert the bulb Turn signal 3156AK i 3157K DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB ala Back up 921 2 Install and tighten the bulb retainer License plate light 168 Be sure the lip of the bulb socket con Fog light H11 tacts the headlight body ae l Interior light AL48 3 Push the electrical connector into the bulb Map lights AL48 plastic base until it snaps
308. se will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide BRAKE BOOSTER Check the brake booster function as follows 1 With the engine off press and release the brake pedal several times When brake pedal movement distance of travel remains the same from one pedal application to the next continue on to the next step 2 While depressing the brake pedal start the engine The pedal height should drop a little 3 With the brake pedal depressed stop the engine Keep the pedal depressed for about 30 seconds The pedal height should not change 4 Run the engine for one minute without de pressing the brake pedal then turn it off Depress the brake pedal several times The pedal travel distance will decrease gradually with each depression as the vacuum is re leased from the booster If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer FUSES LDI0455
309. seat belts are fastened The advanced air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci dent See Front Passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates Sit upright and well back ARS1133 ARS1041 AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 ARS1042 ARS 1043 ARS 1044 AWARNING e Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side impact and rollover air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and ch
310. seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped A WARNING After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 WRSO131 A A ag NE WRS0389 WRS0213 Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion to the desired position Lumbar support if so equipped for driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Move the lever forward or backward to adjust the seat lumbar area 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down The head restraints on the rear seats are remov able AWARNING Head restraints should be adjusted prop erly as they may provide significant pro tection against injury in an accident Do not remove them
311. smission shift lever to Neu tral N and for automatic transmission vehicles depress the brake pedal or for manual transmission vehicles depress the clutch pedal The switch must be de pressed and turned when changing into or out of 4LO AWARNING e When parking apply the parking brake before stopping the engine and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is on and the ATP warning light goes off Otherwise the vehicle could unexpect edly move even if the automatic trans mission is in the P position 5 22 Starting and driving The 4LO indicator light must stop blink ing and remain illuminated or turn off before shifting the transmission into gear If the transmission selector or transmission shift lever is shifted from the N position to any other gear when the 4LO indicator light is blinking the vehicle may move unexpectedly A CAUTION Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4LO and 4H while driving The 4H position provides greater trac tion Avoid excessive speed as it will cause increased fuel consumption and higher oil temperatures and could damage drivetrain components Speeds over 62 5 MPH 100 km h in 4H is not recommended The 4LO position provides maximum power and traction Avoid raising ve hicle speed excessively as the maxi mum speed is approximately 31 MPH 50 km h When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when m
312. speci fied size of tires on all four wheels Starting and driving 5 29 e When installing a spare tire make sure it is the proper size and type as speci fied on the tire placard For tire placard location information refer to Tire plac ard in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual e Refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual 5 30 Starting and driving ACTIVE BRAKE LIMITED SLIP ABLS SYSTEM if so equipped e ABLS is a form of traction control using sensors from the Anti lock Brake System ABS to transfer power from a slipping drive wheel to a wheel with more traction The ABLS system applies braking to the slipping wheel which helps redirect power to an other wheel On4WD models the ABLS system operates in both 4H and 4LO modes On 2WD ve hicles the ABLS system operates on the drive axle only The ABLS system is always ON unless the system detects brake pad overheating If high brake pad temperature is detected it will turn OFF but normal brake function will continue ABLS will function even when the VDC system if so equipped is turned OFF AWARNING The ABLS system provides increased trac tion but will not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation or by careless driving or dangerous driving practices Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces a
313. speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible 9 4 Technical and consumer information Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load A CAUTION e Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region API certification mark API service symbol WT10082 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure
314. ssenger supplemental air bag P 1 39 Upper and lower glove box P 2 32 Passenger air bag status light P 1 48 Power outlet P 2 29 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped P 2 28 Hill descent control switch if so equipped P 2 27 15 16 7 18 19 20 21 22 Vehicle dynamic control VDC OFF switch P 2 26 Shift selector lever P 5 11 AWD shift switch if so equipped P 5 20 Climate controls P 4 2 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 25 Ignition switch P 5 7 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 11 Clutch interlock clutch start switch if so equipped P 2 29 Power outside mirror controls if so equipped P 3 13 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS d Noisisieieieiatatalets l K of o ig A 2 11 10 9 8 7 WDI0507 0 8 Illustrated table of contents VQ40DE 1 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 12 2 Battery P 8 13 3 Fuse fusible link box P 8 23 4 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 5 Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 6 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 12 7 Air cleaner P 8 17 8 Drive belt location P 8 15 9 Radiator cap P 8 7 10 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 11 11 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 See the page
315. systems BI LEVEL Air passed through heater core Air passed through heater core DEFROSTING DEFOGGING Air flow Temperature control dial control dial Fan contro dial HEATING Air flow Temperature control dial Fan control contro dial dial Air conditioner Air recirculation Air conditioner i i i ae eee button button Air Air A C Air flow Temp Fan A C Air flow Temp Fan Button control contro control ae Button control controt control ba tere oF CR Jasin 4 OFF ofr iy 4 OFF LHA0529 LHA0530 Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 7 HEATING Fan control dial Temperature Air flow control dial heater core control dial Air conditioner button Air recirculation button 4 Air passed through r Air A C Air flow Temp Fan Button controi control control rer ireuiation e OFF RIGHT 4 OFF j LHA0531 HEATING amp DEFROSTING DEFOGGING Fan control dial Temperature heater core Air flow control dial contro dial Air conditioner button Air recirculation button i Air A C Air flow Temp Fan recirculation Button control control control button Poe HOT OFF RGH 4 OFF 4 Air passed through LHA0532
316. t attach the net to the retainers To remove detach the net from the retainers The smaller left hand luggage side net is not removable WICO868 ROOF RACK Always evenly distribute the cargo on the roof rack The maximum total load including the gear basket is 150 Ib 68 kg evenly distrib uted The maximum total load for the gear basket is 30 Ib 13 kg evenly distributed Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Ratings GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S label located on the driver s side door jamb pillar For more information regarding GVWR and GAWR refer to Vehicle loading Instruments and controls 2 39 information in the Technical and consumer in formation section later in this manual The crossbars can be adjusted or removed Use the Torxdriver provided in the tool kit to loosen both crossbar adjusting screws To adjust 1 Loosen the adjusting screws with the Torxdriver by turning counterclockwise 2 When the clamp is loosened move the crossbar so the cargo can be positioned on the crossbar 3 Tighten the crossbar adjusting screws with the Torxdriver by turning clockwise 4 Secure the cargo with rope 5 Always check the tightness of the crossbar adjusting screws To remove 1 Loosen the adjusting screws with the Torxdriver by t
317. t s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly In rare cases the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though the air bag is OFF If such situations happen properly position and restrain the occupant or child restraint Other wise reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If y
318. t belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON 3 position See Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Starting and driving 5 9 STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission Move the shift selector lever to P Park or N Neutral P Park is recommended The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector lever is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission Move the shift lever to N Neutral Depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure 5 10 Starting and driving If the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the e
319. t switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission vehicles stop the vehicle and shift the transmission shift lever to the N position with the clutch pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD e If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL E Lock SYSTEM if so equipped The E Lock system can provide additional trac tion and should only be used when a vehicle has become or is becoming stuck This system oper ates by electronically locking the two rear drive wheels together allowing them to turn at the same speed The system is used when it is not possible to free a stuck vehicle even when using the 4LO position 4 wheel drive vehicles When added traction is required activate the E Lock system by pushing the switch ON See Electronic Locking Rear Differential E Lock system switch in the Instruments and Controls section Once the system fully engages the indi cator light in the instrument panel will remain ON When the system is activated both rear wheels will engage providing added traction The rear wheels may momentarily slip or move to engage the system and the system will only function up to approximately 4 MPH 7 km h Once the vehicle is free the system should be turned OFF and driving resumed The Anti Lock Brake ABS system is disabled and th
320. t the selector lever to the P Park posi tion with the key in the ON position 2 Turn the key to the LOCK position 3 Remove the key from the ignition If the selector lever is shifted to the P Park position after the key is turned to the OFF posi tion or when the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift selector lever into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the key to the LOCK position 4 Remove the key The shift selector lever is designed so it cannot moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to OFF position or if the key is removed from the switch The shift selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed 5 8 Starting and driving There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder When the ignition is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left If the key will not turn from the
321. ted The names of folders not containing MP3 files are not shown in the display If there is a file in the top level of the disc ROOT is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 13 Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Supported MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz versions Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Text character number limitation 31 characters rar ae es 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 Ploy UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 4 14 Heater air conditioner and audio systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Cannot play Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player
322. tedly When you shift between 4H and 4LO follow the instructions below For automatic transmission models stop the vehicle and shift the transmission selector lever to the N position with the brake pedal depressed then depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H For manual transmission models stop the vehicle and shift the transmission selector lever to the N position with the clutch pedal depressed then depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H You cannot move the transfer 4WD shift switch between 4H and 4LO unless you stop the vehicle and shift the transmission selector lever to the N position with the brake pedal AT models or clutch pedal MT models depressed a Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light This indicator light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF the transfer case is in the 4LO position S model or when the vehicle dynamic control sys tem is not functioning properly This indicates the vehicle dynamic control system is not operating Push the vehicle dynamic control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual The ve
323. tem and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Pre tensioner seat belt system Front seats AWARNING e The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if nec essary replaced by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury e Work around and on the pre tensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system e If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system activates in
324. th the defroster before you wash the rear window ACAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH LICO783 To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes ACAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH LICO706 LICO688 A WIC0859 Type A HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting When turning the switch to the FPA posi tion the
325. th trip computer push ing the change button changes the display as follows Trip _ A Trip _B_ Distance to Empty gt Average speed Average fuel consumption Journey time Trip A For additional information refer to Trip com puter later in this section Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec ond resets the trip odometer to zero TRIP COMPUTER if so equipped The display of the trip computer is situated in the speedometer display When the ignition is turned to ON the display scrolls all the modes of the trip computer and then shows the mode chosen be fore the ignition switch was turned OFF When the ignition switch is turned to ON modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the trip computer change button The following modes can be selected Distance to empty dte mile or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly be ing calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the dte mode is automatically selected and the digits blink in or der to draw the driver s attention Press the change button if you wish to return to the mode that was selected be
326. the vehicle owner or lessee in response to a request by law enforcement or as otherwise required or permitted by law 9 30 Technical and consumer information OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment pro cedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone num ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in
327. the OFF position The indicator light on the CS button will go off sie 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield A KA 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position P a Whenthe position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light on the 47 button will not come on if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C If in defrost mode for more than one minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The gt mode automatically turns off allowing out side air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defog ging performance Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control
328. the engine 02 cee eee eee eee 5 10 Driving the VehiCl sess csde0 caedes eaten aortas 5 11 Automatic transmission 00 000s eee eee 5 11 Manual transmission 0 0 0c cece eee eee 5 14 PankinG Draken icc dete woth tne ineert 5 16 Cruise control if so equipped 0c eee eee 5 17 Precautions on cruise control 0 008 5 17 Cruise control operations siret iosas sorori iss 5 18 Breakin schedules i sirsierrcriricrrieisirireronss 5 19 Increasing fuel economy ss ssssisesesrisresesn 5 19 CZJ Using four wheel drive 4WD 5 20 Transfer case shifting procedures 5 20 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system if so Equipped 4 4 2 pect cree Beate ede Enae gah 5 25 Parking parking on hills 0 0 00 cece eee eee 5 27 Power stegring isisa saeiee ies wataneeeaa ete 5 28 Brake System escortes tan dew treti aaah kee seals 5 28 Brake precautions 6 00 eee esi espana 5 28 Anti lock braking system ABS 0 000 5 29 Active brake limited slip ABLS system if so equipped 2 eee eee eee eee tenes 5 30 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system CiESO EQUIPPED reece sennoma phe EEE nega anes 5 30 Hill descent control HDC system if so equipped 5 32 Hill start assist HSA system if so equipped 5 32 Cold weather driving 0 ee eee ee eae 5 33 Freeing a frozen door lock c eee 5 33 PURI O SZC
329. the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift selector lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs e Never leave the engine or au
330. the road to a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties Total trailer load Tongue load fel ls Tongue load x 100 10 to 15 Total trailer load WTI0160 3 Gross vehicle weight UG Hi Ta ihe Gross axle weight ATI1025 Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib uting hitch keep the tongue load between 10 15 percent of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the follow ing Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Technical and consumer information 9 19 Towing capacities are calc
331. the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the automatic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the objec
332. tic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of any malfunction If the com puter senses any malfunction it switches the anti lock braking system off and turns on the ABS brake warning light on the instrument panel The braking system then operates normally but with out anti lock assistance If the light comes on during the self test or while driving take the vehicle to a NISSAN dealer for repair AWARNING e The anti lock braking system is a so phisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces but re member that the stopping distance on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with the anti lock braking system Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness Al ways maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the responsibility for safety of self and oth ers rests in the hands of the driver Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the
333. ting and driving SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts e Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement e Allow greater following distances on slippery roads e Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers e Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from ar
334. tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT LICO474 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition key is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH WIC0843 SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward Slower or Faster Low LO continuous low speed operation High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times A WARNING In freezing
335. tions over the LATCH system an chors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the LATCH sys tem anchors are obstructed 1 To install the LATCH system compatible child restraint insert the child restraint LATCH system anchor attachments into the anchor points on the seat If the child re straint is equipped with a top tether see Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation instructions 2 After attaching the child restraint and before placing the child in it use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that the child restraint is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 3 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT If your child restraint has a top tether strap it must be secured to the anchor point provided behind its position A WARNING Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses First secure the child restraint with the seat belt or the LATCH system 2nd row outboard seat positions only as applicable For the 2nd row bench seat position the tether over th
336. tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e
337. title show name or temperature of the selected satel lite radio station 4 22 Heater air conditioner and audio systems FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM SAT band select Pushing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM FM or SAT satellite if so equipped When the RADIO button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the POWER VOLUME control knob is de pressed to ON No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS sat ellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If satellite radio is not operational then the RADIO button is used to toggle between AM and FM bands If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO button is pushed the compact disc will automati cally be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception EE gt CAT FOLDER Tuning AWARNING The radio should not be tuned while
338. tle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals To replace the filter perform the following proce dure LDI0442 1 Open the glove box and press in on the sides so that it will open completely allowing it to hang by the cord Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 LDIO387 LDI0404 2 Remove the filter cover bolt and remove the filter cover 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE The filters are marked with air flow arrows The end of the filter with the arrow should face the rear of the vehicle The arrows should face downward 3 Insert the first filter into the housing and slide it over to the right Insert the second filter into the housing 4 Replace the filter cover 5 Install the glove box door 6 Fill out the date information on the small replacement label and attach it to the glove box lid WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other materi
339. tomatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models with the multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CA
340. toring system TPMS in the In case of emergency section 5 4 Starting and driving AWARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors ACAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals f
341. trict it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ee eae 4 LTI0086 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown Technical and consumer information 9 9 LTI0127 WTI0099 tL O xX bao oS LTI0087 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 10 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able ve
342. ts One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the advanced air bag sys tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regula tions is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Occupant classification sensor opera tion can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the belt tension detected on the seat belt the advanced air bag system determines whether the front pas senger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off
343. ts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth e Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 CHILD RESTRAINTS ARS1098 WRS0256 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can re sult in serious injury or death AWARNING Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child A rear facing ch
344. uence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this owner s manual for important safety information For descriptions specified for four wheel drive models a 2 5Z2y mark is placed at the begin ning of the applicable sections items As with other vehicles with features for off road use failure to operate four wheel drive models correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read Driving safety precautions in the Start ing and driving section of this manual ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type fail ure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read On pavement and off road driving precautions and Avoid ing collision and rollover and Driving safety precautions in the Starting and driving section of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performanc
345. ulated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue load use the following procedure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue load To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 9 20 Technical and consumer information 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipme
346. ument brightness control 2 24 Instrument panel 2 0 0000 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 24 Interior light soa s a 20 awd em bow ead 2 44 ISOFIX child restraints 1 29 J JUMP starting a doe oe pews Ree ee aya 6 8 K Key cle ais ee ee Ge we BS d 3 2 Keyfob battery replacement 8 26 Keyless entry system See remote keyless entry system 3 5 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 11 C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Engine serialnumber 9 10 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Warning labels for SRS 1 54 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 2 2 0 000 1 29 License plate Installing the license plate 9 11 Liftgate a stance e raw ena s ad 3 9 Light Air bag warning light 2 0 1 54 2 14 Brake light See stop light 8 28 Bulb check instrument panel 2 10 Bulb replacement 8 28 Charge warning light 2 11 Fog light switchiz s aace ea bes 9 es 2 25 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 23 Headlight control switch 2 23 Headlights eon ce anna Wee ad 8 27 Interior lights s ai sacs Baw ee gle a 2 44 Light DUBS ei oo ee 4b ba et bats 8 27 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Low washer fluid warning light
347. und or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels e When towing automatic or manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Turn the ignition key to the OFF po sition and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ig nition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism e If you have to tow manual transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dol lies or four wheels on the ground Always release the parking brake e Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position e Observe the following restricted tow ing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only Speed Below 60 MPH 97 km h Distance Less than 500 miles 805 km WSD0097 Four wheel drive models e When towing automatic or manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or
348. urning counterclockwise 2 Rotate the clamps 3 Remove the crossbar 4 Reverse to install 2 40 Instruments and controls 5 Always check the tightness of the crossbar adjusting screws AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision un secured cargo could cause personal injury A CAUTION e Use care when placing or removing items from the roof rack If you cannot comfortably lift the items onto the roof rack from the ground use a ladder or stool e Do not place items on top of the gear basket lid Doing so could damage the lid yi 4 d Xy NOO UUN A PAK LICO869 LICO870 To open the gear basket lid To remove the gear basket assembly Turn the handle counterclockwise 1 Open the lid Raise the lid 2 Loosen the 4 Torx head fasteners with a Torxdriver by turning counterclockwise NOTE 3 Lift the gear basket to remove it Cargo in the gear basket must fit with the AR i lid closed The maximum total load for the Reverse torenstai gear basket is 30 Ib 13 kg evenly distrib 5 Always check the tightness of the gear bas uted Do not force the lid closed ket fasteners A WARNING The lid should be closed and locked when driving Instruments and controls 2 41 WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS if so equipped AWARNING e Make sure that all
349. w the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries near each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park automatic transmission Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems lights heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence il lustrated A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started ACAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect
350. w trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg Class II hitch Class Il trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 510 kg Class Ill hitch Class Ill trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 5 000 Ib 2 272 kg A CAUTION e Special hitches which include frame re inforcements are required for towing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Suitable genu ine NISSAN hitches ball mounts and hitch balls for pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles are available at a NISSAN dealer e The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper e Do not use axle mounted hitches e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch e To reduce the possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the hitch and or receiver when not in use e After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the passenger compartment Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted e When towing with the hitch ball mounted to the rear bumper do not make sharp turns The trailer may con tact the bumper and cause damage to the bumper or trailer Tire pressures When towing a trailer inf
351. warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle 2 18 Instruments and controls Light reminder chime With the ignition switch in the OFF position a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle SECURITY SYSTEMS if so equipped LICO372 Your vehicle may have two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system if so equipped NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System if so equipped VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM if so equipped The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock t
352. weather and individual driving habits Two wheel drive models and four wheel drive models 2H and 4H position GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 11 18 2nd to 3rd 17 27 8rd to 4th 25 40 4th to 5th 32 61 5th to 6th 45 72 Starting and driving 5 15 4 wheel drive model 4L position GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 2nd to 3rd 3rd to 4th 4th to 5th 5th to 6th Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Allowable maximum speed in each gear 2 wheel drive models GEAR MPH km h 1st 35 56 2nd 60 97 3rd 87 141 Ath 5 16 Starting and driving GEAR 5th 6th 4 wheel drive models 2H 4H position GEAR 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 4L position GEAR 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th MPH km h MPH km h 34 55 60 97 87 141 MPH km h 13 21 23 37 33 54 45 73 57 93 PARKING BRAKE A WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and
353. win dow washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any corrosion should be washed off with a solu tion of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge AWARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or cloth
354. y or by pressing the but ton on the keyfob Instruments and controls 2 19 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices 2 20 Instruments and controls Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY IMMOBILIZER ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera

2006 Xterra Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents